25
Quran memorizing http://www.al-islam.org/gallery/av.asp?age=All&type=Quran&lang=All Tajweed http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=934 The Importance of Tajweed Fatima Barkatulla Article ID: 934 | 607 Reads Listening to the Qur’an being recited correctly is enough to soften even the hardest of hearts and Muslims and non-Muslims alike find it a deeply moving experience even if they do not understand what is being said. We feel this even more in Ramadaan when we are in the Taraweeh prayers and we can really feel the difference if we go to a Masjid where the Tajweed rules of Qur’an recitation are not being observed as they should. Every single Muslim has to recite Qur’an in Salah but many of us do not realise that reciting the Qur’an correctly, observing the rules of recitation is not an advanced science for expert reciters alone, rather it is an obligation upon each and every one of us whenever we recite the Qur’an. What is Tajweed The word Tajweed linguistically means ‘proficiency’ or ‘doing something well’. It comes from the same root letters as the word ‘Jayyid’ in Arabic (meaning ‘good’): Jeem, Waw and Daal. When applied to the Qur’an, it means giving every letter of the Qur’an its rights and dues of characteristics when we recite the Qur’an and observing the rules that apply to those letters in different situations. We give the letters their rights by observing the essential characteristics of each letter that never leave it. And we give them their dues by observing the characteristics of each letter that are present in them some of the time and not present at other times. The Qur’an was revealed with Tajweed rules applied to it. In other words, when the angel Jibreel (alaihis salaam) recited the words of Allah to the Prophet Muhammad (sallallaahu ‘alaihi wa sallam) he recited them in a certain way and he showed the Prophet (sallallaahu ‘alaihi wa sallam) the ways in which it was permissable to recite the Qur’an. So it is upon us to observe those rules so that we recite it in the way it was revealed. At the time of the Prophet (sallallaahu ‘alaihi wa sallam) there was no need for people to study Tajweed because they talked with what is now known as Tajweed so it was natural for them. When the Arabs started mixing with the non-Arabs as Islam spread, mistakes in Qur’an recitation started appearing, so the scholars had to record the rules. Now, because the everyday Arabic that Arabs speak has changed so much from the Classical Arabic with which the Qur’an was revealed, even Arabs have to study Tajweed. The purpose of Tajweed The Qur’an is the word of Allah, and its every syllable is from Allah. Its recitation must be taken very seriously. The purpose of the Science of Tajweed in essence is to make the reciter proficient in reciting the Qur’an, observing the correct pronunciation of every letter with the rulings and characteristics which apply to each letter, without any exaggeration or deficiency. And so through this the reciter can recite the Qur’an upon the way of the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) who received it from Jibreel who received it from Allah (subhanahu wa ta’aala) in the Classical Arabic dialect that it came down in.

Tajweed The Importance of · PDF fileQuran memorizing ... to a Masjid where the Tajweed rules of Qur’an recitation are not being observed as

  • Upload
    ngotu

  • View
    244

  • Download
    2

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Quran memorizing httpwwwal-islamorggalleryavaspage=Allamptype=Quranamplang=All

Tajweed httpwwwas-sahwahcomviewarticlephparticleID=934

The Importance of Tajweed Fatima Barkatulla Article ID 934 | 607 Reads

Listening to the Qurrsquoan being recited correctly is enough to soften even the hardest

of hearts and Muslims and non-Muslims alike find it a deeply moving experience even

if they do not understand what is being said We feel this even more in Ramadaan

when we are in the Taraweeh prayers and we can really feel the difference if we go

to a Masjid where the Tajweed rules of Qurrsquoan recitation are not being observed as

they should Every single Muslim has to recite Qurrsquoan in Salah but many of us do not

realise that reciting the Qurrsquoan correctly observing the rules of recitation is not an

advanced science for expert reciters alone rather it is an obligation upon each and every one of us whenever we recite the Qurrsquoan

What is Tajweed

The word Tajweed linguistically means lsquoproficiencyrsquo or lsquodoing something wellrsquo It

comes from the same root letters as the word lsquoJayyidrsquo in Arabic (meaning lsquogoodrsquo)

Jeem Waw and Daal When applied to the Qurrsquoan it means giving every letter of the

Qurrsquoan its rights and dues of characteristics when we recite the Qurrsquoan and observing

the rules that apply to those letters in different situations We give the letters their

rights by observing the essential characteristics of each letter that never leave it

And we give them their dues by observing the characteristics of each letter that are present in them some of the time and not present at other times

The Qurrsquoan was revealed with Tajweed rules applied to it In other words when the

angel Jibreel (alaihis salaam) recited the words of Allah to the Prophet Muhammad

(sallallaahu lsquoalaihi wa sallam) he recited them in a certain way and he showed the

Prophet (sallallaahu lsquoalaihi wa sallam) the ways in which it was permissable to recite

the Qurrsquoan So it is upon us to observe those rules so that we recite it in the way it was revealed

At the time of the Prophet (sallallaahu lsquoalaihi wa sallam) there was no need for

people to study Tajweed because they talked with what is now known as Tajweed so

it was natural for them When the Arabs started mixing with the non-Arabs as Islam

spread mistakes in Qurrsquoan recitation started appearing so the scholars had to

record the rules Now because the everyday Arabic that Arabs speak has changed so

much from the Classical Arabic with which the Qurrsquoan was revealed even Arabs have to study Tajweed

The purpose of Tajweed

The Qurrsquoan is the word of Allah and its every syllable is from Allah Its recitation

must be taken very seriously The purpose of the Science of Tajweed in essence is to

make the reciter proficient in reciting the Qurrsquoan observing the correct pronunciation

of every letter with the rulings and characteristics which apply to each letter without

any exaggeration or deficiency And so through this the reciter can recite the Qurrsquoan

upon the way of the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) who received it from

Jibreel who received it from Allah (subhanahu wa tarsquoaala) in the Classical Arabic

dialect that it came down in

2

Arabic letters each have a Makhraj ndash an exit or articulation point - in the mouth or

throat from which they originate and they also each have Sifaat ndash attributes or

characteristics - particular to them Knowing the Makhraj and Sifaat of each letter is

an important part of Tajweed Sometimes two letters have very similar exits which

makes mixing them up easy So if a person does not know the attributes of each

letter there is a danger that he will change the meaning of the words in Qurrsquoan

recitation Observing the rules of Tajweed in reciting protects the reciter from making mistakes in reciting the Qurrsquoan

The ruling of reading with Tajweed

Muhammad bin Al-Jazaree the great Qurrsquoan and Hadeeth scholar of the 9th Century (Hijri) says in his famous poem[1] detailing the rules of Tajweed

ldquoAnd applying Tajweed is an issue of absolute necessity Whoever doesn‟t apply Tajweed to the Qur‟an then a sinner is herdquo

So he regarded it as an obligation and he regarded leaving it as a sin And the

majority of scholars agree that applying the Tajweed rules of Qurrsquoan are an individual

obligation (Fard lsquoAyn) upon every Muslim who has memorised part of or all of the

Qurrsquoan That is because the Qurrsquoan was revealed with the Tajweed rules applied to it

and the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) recited it back to Jibreel in that way

and the Companions of the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) read it in that way so it is an established Sunnah

And of the proofs that the scholars bring to show the obligation of Tajweed is that Allah says in the Qurrsquoan the meaning of which is

bdquoAnd recite the Qur‟an (aloud) in a (slow and melodious) style (tarteela)‟ (Surah Muzzammil aayah 4)

Ali ibn Abi Talib (radi Allahu lsquoanhu) said in the explanation of this aayah ldquoat-Tarteel

is Tajweed of the letters and knowing where to stop (correctly)rdquo[2]

And of the proofs also is that Allah says in the Qurrsquoan the meaning of which is

bdquoThose who We have given the Book to give it its right in recitation ( recite it as it

should be recited)‟ (Surah al-Baqarah aayah 121)

And of the rights of reciting correctly is reciting it the way it was revealed

There are various ahadeeth also showing us the importance of Tajweed Umm

Salamah was asked about the recitation of the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) and she described it as a recitation bdquoclearly-distinguished letter by letter‟[3]

Sarsquoeed bin Mansoor relates in his Sunan[4] that a man was reciting the Qurrsquoan to

Abdullah bin Masrsquoood and he recited ldquoInnamas sadaqaatu lil fuqara-i wal

masaakeenrdquo so Ibn masrsquoood said ldquoThis was not how the Messenger of Allah (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) recited it to merdquo So the man asked

ldquoHow did he read it to you oh Aba Abdir-Rahmanrdquo So he said

3

ldquoLil Fuqaraaaa-i wal masaakeenrdquo he elongated the word Fuqaraa and the knowledge of the different lengths of elongation (mudood) is also from the rules of Tajweed

The scholars have divided the types of mistakes one might fall into when reciting the Qurrsquoan into two types

1Clear mistakes and 2Unobvious (hidden) mistakes

The Clear mistakes must be avoided by all and to avoid them one must know the

rules of Tajweed If a person falls into the Clear Mistakes this is considered a sin and

Ibn Taymiyyah even regarded it undesirable for a Student of Knowledge (ie

someone who knows Tajweed) to pray behind a person who makes Clear Mistakes in

their Salaah[5] As for the Unobvious mistakes then the ruling on them is lighter

and the recitation of a person falling into this type of mistake is regarded as lacking in completeness and prayer behind such a person is sound

The table below shows what type of mistakes fall under each category As you can see almost all areas of Tajweed are required to be applied by all Muslims

Clear mistakes

Mistakes in words which are clear and

inconspicuous whether they change the

meaning or not Mistakes related to

correct pronunciation Scholars and the ordinary Muslims should avoid these

Examples of Clear mistakes

bull Changing one letter into another or a

short vowel (harakah) into another

(changing Fathah into Damma or the letter Qaaf into Kaaf etc)

bull Not observing the elongations (Mudood) at all Reciting them quickly

bull Not observing the rules with which to

pronounce letters when they are next to

each other (like not merging certain

letters that should be merged and not

clearly pronouncing those which should be

clearly pronounced etc)

bullMaking light letters sound heavy and heavy letters sound light

bull Stopping or starting at an incorrect

place so that the meaning is spoilt

Unobvious mistakes

Mistakes which are associated with

perfecting the pronunciation

Known only by those who are

experts in this field or study it in

depth Ordinary Muslims may not know these

Examples of Unobvious mistakes

bull Not being totally exact with the

elongation of letters (Making the

Madd shorter or longer by a frac12 or even frac14 degree etc)

bull Not observing the attributes of

each letter perfectly (Slightly

rolling the Raarsquo or exaggerating

the lsquoNrsquo sound in Noon etc)

4

Reciting the Qur‟an melodiously

The Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) used to recite the Qurrsquoan in slow

measured rhythmic tones as Allah had instructed him not hurriedly but rather ldquohe

would recite a surah in such slow rhythmic tones that it would be longer than it

would seem possiblerdquo[6] He would stop at the end of each aayah[7] He

commanded people to recite in a beautiful voice in a pleasant melodious tone He

said ldquoBeautify the Qur‟an with your voices [for a fine voice increases the

Qur‟an in beauty]rdquo[8] and he said ldquoHe who does not recite the Qur‟an in a pleasant tone is not of usrdquo[9]

Unfortunately all to often we find people reciting the Qurrsquoan quickly and without

changing their tone and without any feeling We should put all our efforts into

reciting the Qurrsquoan with as much feeling as we can Have you ever prayed behind an

Imam who read with feeling Well the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) said

ldquoTruly the one who has one of the finest voices among the people for

reciting the Qur‟an is the one whom you think fears Allah when you hear

him reciterdquo[10] And once when the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam)

complimented Abu Moosaa al-Ashrsquoari on the beauty of his recitation Abu Moosaa

said ldquoHad I known you were there I would have made my voice more pleasant and emotional for yourdquo[11]

Let us remember that the Qurrsquoan is the word of Allah In it we find exhortations

warnings glad-tidings parables stories of the past commands and prohibitions

Aayaat to make us think reflect cry fear hope love fall down in prostration How

can we recite all of this without feeling When we recite an aayah of Qurrsquoan we

should imagine that we are trying to feel and convey the full message behind that

aayah Perhaps some of us donrsquot feel confident I believe that this lack of confidence

comes partly from not knowing the rules of Tajweed correctly and so fearing that we

will make mistakes and partly from not understanding the meaning of what we are

reciting So let us work hard to remove these two obstacles by learning Tajweed and

working towards learning Arabic

Helpful Tips towards learning Tajweed

deg You must find a Qur‟an teacher who has studied Tajweed to listen to your

recitation and correct you Tajweed cannot merely be learnt from books because the

movements of your mouth as well as the sounds are important and only a teacher

can correct you and make sure you are applying the rules correctly Sometimes local

Mosques will run classes Qurrsquoan recitation is a science which was passed down

generation by generation through teachers not just books with a direct line to the

Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam)

deg Find a book containing the rules of Tajweed and learn each rule little by little

applying it as you go along with the help of your teacher There are many concise

Arabic books and in English there are some books as well as tapes to help Look for books with some drawings showing you how to pronounce each letter

deg Listen to Qur‟an tapes of reciters who recite very clearly at a medium or slow

speed (like Sheikh Hudhaify or Sheikh Muhammad Hosary) and try and notice them

applying the different rules of Tajweed Repeat after them while trying to apply the

5

rules yoursquove learnt Try to copy their tone and melody as well and see how it changes as the meaning of what theyrsquore reciting changes

deg Tajweed website There is an excellent Tajweed website I came across in English

which details many aspects of Tajweed in a very clear way including a Question and

Answer section httpwwwabouttajweedcom

deg Tajweed Mus-haf You can get a new Mus-haf (copy of the Qurrsquoan) called Mus-

haf at-Tajweed which has the rules of Tajweed incorporated in the text of the Qurrsquoan

in colour coding This is very helpful as it prompts you as you go along There is also

a computer program you can buy with it which highlights Tajweed rules with recitation

deg Tajweed Poem If you know Arabic you could memorise Ibn al-Jazareersquos poem

which contains all the rules of Tajweed You can get the poem on tape sung as a nasheed in Arab countries You might find memorising the rules easy in this way

deg Try and apply the rules you learn to the Surahs you have already memorised

and donrsquot become lazy about reciting correctly You might have to revise the surahs by looking back at them

deg Practice and repetition will make perfect insha Allah As Ibn al-Jazaree says in his poem about acquiring Tajweed

bdquoAnd there is no obstacle between it (learning Tajweed) and leaving it Except that a person must exercise his mouth with it‟

May Allah help us all to give His Book its right when we recite it and make reciting it more beloved to our tongues than anything else Aameen

Much of the factual information for this article has been taken from the book

bdquoQawaa‟id at-Tajweed‟ by Dr bdquoAbdul Azeez Abdul Fattah al-Qaari‟ a teacher

of the Islamic University in Madinah Published by Maktabah Dar in Madinah

and from bdquoThe Prophet‟s (sallallaahu bdquoalaihi wa sallam) prayer described‟ by

Sheikh al-Albaani (rahimahullah)

[1] Ibn Al-Jazareersquos book lsquoAl-Muqaddimah feemaa lsquoala qaarirsquoihi an yursquoallimahursquo [2] An-Nashr of Ibn Al-Jazaree 2091 [3] Tirmidhi [4] Mentioned by Ibn al-Jazaree in lsquoAn-Nashrrsquo from At-Tabaraani in lsquoAl-Kabeerrsquo [5] In Ibn Taymiyyahs fataawa [6] Muslim amp Malik [7] Abu Daawood amp Sahmi (64-65) Haakim declared it Saheeh amp Dhahabi agreed [8] Bukhaari as tarsquoleeq Abu Daawood Darimi Haakim and Tammaam ar-Razi with 2 saheeh isnaads [9] Abu Daawood amp Haakim who declared it saheeh and Dhahabi agreed [10] A Saheeh hadeeth transmitted by Ibn al-Mubaarak in az-Zuhd (1621 from al-Kawaakib 575) Daarimi Ibn Nasr Tabaraani Abu Nursquoaim in Akhbaar Isbahaan and Diyaarsquo in al-Mukhtaarah

[11] Bukhaari amp Muslim

Comment on this article (1 Comments posted)

============

6

-------------------

httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlAudio-lectureshtm

Please download the following software and then install it in your system in order to listen to the lectures You can click her to download Aiwaexezip

Recorded Tajweed Lessons

Lessons are given at Al Quracuteaan Wa Sunnah Islamic Site Of Learning

Join the Internet`s First and No1 Islamic Cyber Community at ALQURAN WA SUNNAH ISLAMIC VOICE CHAT SITE for LEARNING

1 Tajweed9-13)

2 Tajweed9-15)

3 Tajweed9-17)

4 Tajweed9-20) It is repaired and available

5 Tajweed9-22)

6 Tajweed9-24

7 Tajweed9-27

8 Tajweed9-29 AlAraaf(7) 200mdash

9 Tajweed10-01Al-anfaal(8)17-40

10 Tajweed10-05Al-Anfaal(8) 41-56

11 Tajweed10-11Alanfaal(8) 56--

Friday speeches

1 Islam is the religion of Mercy

2 Misconception about the testimony of faith Shahadah

3 Pilgrimage ―Al-Hajj

4 Welcome Ramadan

More recorded lectures for how to recite Quran and your prayers for beginners and also some lessons about Tawheed and science lead to Islam If you are interested Please link to Al-Quran

Wa Sunnah Voice Chat

If you have any question Please contact me at mailtoasmdlfoodsciuassedu Assem Abolmaaty Sayedahmed

September 16 2004

--------------

7

httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlTajweedhtm httpabcsofarabictripodcomindividuallettershtm

Contents

Audio lectures Including Khutbah and Tajweed lessons

How to pronounce the Arabic letters The importance of Recitation Rules

Reading bismillah and Aoozobellah

Vibration Rules (Qalqalah) Types of stops

Noon and meem Mushadadah (doubled) Non Vowel Meem Meem Sakina Rules

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

1 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 2 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules

3 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 4 changing Iqlaab Rules

lengthening Rules Madd Rules

Non vowel Laam

Types of Hamzah

The importance of Recitation Rules

Allah (SWT) says in the Quran And read the Quran in slow measured rhythmic tone Verily

We have revealed an Arabic Quran Those people whom We have given the Book recite it the way it

should be recited They are the ones who believe in it (Quran 2121) It is obvious from above

mentioned verse that it is important to read Quran clearly and is compulsory Farz-i-Ain If only one

verse mentions this order it should be sufficient for that order to be true Reciting the Quran consists of

two parts Tarteel and Tajweed Tarteel means to read the Quran slowly and Tajweed deals with correct

pronunciation Tarteel and Tajweed consist of two parts Tajweed-ul-Huroof - that letter should be read

with correct pronunciation And the other Marifat-ul-Wuquf - that one should know where to break pause

or stop during recitation Without these two things recitation of Quran is not correct therefore it is

important to do these correctly Without completing these two a person is not a correct reader of Quran

and will not be given certificate of Tajweed Similarly many Hadeith prove it to be necessary to read

Quran correctly and the Quran was revealed with correct Tajweed The Prophet Muhammad also

read Quran with correct Tajweed and ordered others to do so He taught Sahaba (RDH - those companions

of prophet that met him in person) with correct Tajweed And since the time of Tabeen and Taba

Tabeen till today all the respected Qurras have read Quran with correct Tajweed and the Quran will be

read similarly until Qiyamat (Doomsday)

8

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Qalqalah [Vibration]

Qalqalah [Vibration] literally means unrest Technically it means the vibration of the non-

vowelled sound letter until a strong trembling sound is heard whether the absence of vowel

(sukoon) is original or exposed (Aarid)

The Qalqalah Letters are five They are grouped together in the phrase

ق ط ب ج د ( قطة جذ )

(Qutb Jad) daal geem baa taa qaaf

It is required that the Qalqalah letters be with original or unoriginal sukoon (absence of a

vowel) as a result of making a pause at a qalqalah letter

The lesser degree The lesser degree of Qalqalah [ sughra] is when it occurs in the middle of a word

Example

100 Al-adiyat

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

ؼبص٠بد ا ذبج ض

ع٠بد دبض ل فب

غ١غاد ذبج ص فب

ث ؼبم فأثغ

مؼب ث فأثغؿ ؼب ط ف ج ث

110 ndash An-nasr

فزخ ا إطا جبء صغ هللا عأ٠ذ ابؽ ض ٠ س هللا ف ص٠ اجب أف

9

The moderate degree

The moderate degree of Qalqalah [mutawasita] is when a stop is made on a letter which is not

doubled (without shaddah)

Example

112- Alikhlaas

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

هللا ض أد ل

هللا ض اص

٠ض ض ٠

ا وف ٠ى ض أد

113- Al-Falaq

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

أػط ثغة ف ل ك ا

ب شغ ك س

شغ غبؿك إطا ل ت

شغ افبثبد ف ؼم ض ا

ـ شغ دبؿض إطا د ض

The greater degree

The greater degree of Qalqalah [kubra] is when a stop is made on a doubled letter of qalqalah

Example the Qaaf in

15 ndash Yonus ( 85)

ب إال ذ ث١ ـبػخ ٢ر ك ثب ا إ ب ١خ األعض اد ب ـ ب سمب ا

فخ فبصفخ اص ١ ج ا

21- Al-Anbiaa (112)

ب رصف ػ زؼب ـ ذ لبي عة ادى ا ك ثب د عثب اغ

111- Al-Masad

ر رجذ ٠ضا أث ت ت

10

تسن هللا حين حمه الر الر

Types of Stops 1 Compulsory 2 Permissible 3 Precautionary

4 Prohibited 5 Moderate Pause

Stop Literally means blocking and suspending

Stop Technically means making a voiceless break at a Quranic word for a brief

moment during which the reader takes a breath with the intention of continuing

reading

1 Compulsory The Compulsory Stop is the stop by which the word and meaning give a complete

sense and this is called complete stop because the utterance is complete and is

separated from what follows It is indicated by (meem)

2 Permissible The Permissible Stop is the one at which stopping or continuing is permissible In this

type you can either continue or make a stop In this case either continuing or making

a stop is preferable

2 a Sufficient

The Sufficient Stop is the one in which continuing or stopping is permissible yet

making a stop is preferable It is called sufficient because it can stand by itself

independently of what follows because it is not connected with it in words Its

symbol is ( ل ) Qili

2 b Equality

The Equality Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are equally relevant

Its symbol is ( ج ) (geem)

3619

ؼى لبا طبئغوجغر أئ طو

جغف ـ ل أز ث

11

2 c Good

The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are

permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop

because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)

3618

ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى

3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)

It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop

In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only

Al-Baqarah (22)

4 Prohibited

The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which

does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with

what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is

prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)

12

Al-Marsquoidah (553)

5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a

brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]

Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)

Al-Kahf (18-1)

13

Doubled meem amp Doubled noon

The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled

meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-

vowelled and the second is a vowel

Doubled meem( ( م

The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the

second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem

and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)

The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory

manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts

[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the

letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in

order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters

110 Al-Qaria

اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب

اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف

أ اػ٠ سفذ ب

٠خ فأ ب

14

Doubled noon ( ن )

The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and

the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled

noon and both became one doubled letter

The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with

Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two

counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

(harf ghunnah mushaddad)

1 An-naas 111

د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ

أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل

بؽ ه ا

ا بؽ إ

ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ

ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠

ج ا ا بؽ خ

2 Al-Alaq [96]

ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب

جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ

15

The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )

Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )

Clear ( the rest 26(

The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and

which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping

1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah

that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment

Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation

without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)

غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش

2 As-shams 91-14

ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف

3- Al-Alaq 96-14

٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ

4- Al-Aadiat 100-11

عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠

5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

16

2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with

the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)

literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a

non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter

1 Al-Qadr 97-4

عث غ ثئط أ و

2 Al-Humazah104-8

ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ

3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must

be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means

pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without

ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case

of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the

waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )

Examples

1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666

ػ١ب لؼص إط

2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6

ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856

17

Exercise

Al-feel 105

حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي

و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ

ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

أوي فجؼ وؼصف

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Manifestation (Iz-haar)

ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification

Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation

clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter

a a Guttural Manifestation

18

It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)

These letters are

hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )

haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )

b Absolute Manifestation

The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation

and clarification

Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly

without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is

neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation

occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a

single word

This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan

qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the

rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words

Merging Assimilation Idghaam

Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it

means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled

(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds

a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang

b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang

Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are

six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)

19

ع ي

1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah

Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase

The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و

occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that

this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in

two cases

a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )

b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )

The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an

exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs

Al-Humazah104 2 9

بال غ ص اظ ج ػض

صح ض ف ػ ض

Al-Masad11114

تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب

ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب

Al-Qiyamah75 3

أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4

ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ

22

ئظ ج ٠ بضغح

20

36

ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37

٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40

ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١

2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah

Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and

the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that

this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the

noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing

assimilation because of the stop singe

Al-Ikhlaas1124

٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9

٠ ؼح ؼح ى

Al-Alaq967

آه استغنىر أن

Almulk6715

شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن

Az-Zariat5157

زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

2

Arabic letters each have a Makhraj ndash an exit or articulation point - in the mouth or

throat from which they originate and they also each have Sifaat ndash attributes or

characteristics - particular to them Knowing the Makhraj and Sifaat of each letter is

an important part of Tajweed Sometimes two letters have very similar exits which

makes mixing them up easy So if a person does not know the attributes of each

letter there is a danger that he will change the meaning of the words in Qurrsquoan

recitation Observing the rules of Tajweed in reciting protects the reciter from making mistakes in reciting the Qurrsquoan

The ruling of reading with Tajweed

Muhammad bin Al-Jazaree the great Qurrsquoan and Hadeeth scholar of the 9th Century (Hijri) says in his famous poem[1] detailing the rules of Tajweed

ldquoAnd applying Tajweed is an issue of absolute necessity Whoever doesn‟t apply Tajweed to the Qur‟an then a sinner is herdquo

So he regarded it as an obligation and he regarded leaving it as a sin And the

majority of scholars agree that applying the Tajweed rules of Qurrsquoan are an individual

obligation (Fard lsquoAyn) upon every Muslim who has memorised part of or all of the

Qurrsquoan That is because the Qurrsquoan was revealed with the Tajweed rules applied to it

and the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) recited it back to Jibreel in that way

and the Companions of the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) read it in that way so it is an established Sunnah

And of the proofs that the scholars bring to show the obligation of Tajweed is that Allah says in the Qurrsquoan the meaning of which is

bdquoAnd recite the Qur‟an (aloud) in a (slow and melodious) style (tarteela)‟ (Surah Muzzammil aayah 4)

Ali ibn Abi Talib (radi Allahu lsquoanhu) said in the explanation of this aayah ldquoat-Tarteel

is Tajweed of the letters and knowing where to stop (correctly)rdquo[2]

And of the proofs also is that Allah says in the Qurrsquoan the meaning of which is

bdquoThose who We have given the Book to give it its right in recitation ( recite it as it

should be recited)‟ (Surah al-Baqarah aayah 121)

And of the rights of reciting correctly is reciting it the way it was revealed

There are various ahadeeth also showing us the importance of Tajweed Umm

Salamah was asked about the recitation of the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) and she described it as a recitation bdquoclearly-distinguished letter by letter‟[3]

Sarsquoeed bin Mansoor relates in his Sunan[4] that a man was reciting the Qurrsquoan to

Abdullah bin Masrsquoood and he recited ldquoInnamas sadaqaatu lil fuqara-i wal

masaakeenrdquo so Ibn masrsquoood said ldquoThis was not how the Messenger of Allah (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) recited it to merdquo So the man asked

ldquoHow did he read it to you oh Aba Abdir-Rahmanrdquo So he said

3

ldquoLil Fuqaraaaa-i wal masaakeenrdquo he elongated the word Fuqaraa and the knowledge of the different lengths of elongation (mudood) is also from the rules of Tajweed

The scholars have divided the types of mistakes one might fall into when reciting the Qurrsquoan into two types

1Clear mistakes and 2Unobvious (hidden) mistakes

The Clear mistakes must be avoided by all and to avoid them one must know the

rules of Tajweed If a person falls into the Clear Mistakes this is considered a sin and

Ibn Taymiyyah even regarded it undesirable for a Student of Knowledge (ie

someone who knows Tajweed) to pray behind a person who makes Clear Mistakes in

their Salaah[5] As for the Unobvious mistakes then the ruling on them is lighter

and the recitation of a person falling into this type of mistake is regarded as lacking in completeness and prayer behind such a person is sound

The table below shows what type of mistakes fall under each category As you can see almost all areas of Tajweed are required to be applied by all Muslims

Clear mistakes

Mistakes in words which are clear and

inconspicuous whether they change the

meaning or not Mistakes related to

correct pronunciation Scholars and the ordinary Muslims should avoid these

Examples of Clear mistakes

bull Changing one letter into another or a

short vowel (harakah) into another

(changing Fathah into Damma or the letter Qaaf into Kaaf etc)

bull Not observing the elongations (Mudood) at all Reciting them quickly

bull Not observing the rules with which to

pronounce letters when they are next to

each other (like not merging certain

letters that should be merged and not

clearly pronouncing those which should be

clearly pronounced etc)

bullMaking light letters sound heavy and heavy letters sound light

bull Stopping or starting at an incorrect

place so that the meaning is spoilt

Unobvious mistakes

Mistakes which are associated with

perfecting the pronunciation

Known only by those who are

experts in this field or study it in

depth Ordinary Muslims may not know these

Examples of Unobvious mistakes

bull Not being totally exact with the

elongation of letters (Making the

Madd shorter or longer by a frac12 or even frac14 degree etc)

bull Not observing the attributes of

each letter perfectly (Slightly

rolling the Raarsquo or exaggerating

the lsquoNrsquo sound in Noon etc)

4

Reciting the Qur‟an melodiously

The Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) used to recite the Qurrsquoan in slow

measured rhythmic tones as Allah had instructed him not hurriedly but rather ldquohe

would recite a surah in such slow rhythmic tones that it would be longer than it

would seem possiblerdquo[6] He would stop at the end of each aayah[7] He

commanded people to recite in a beautiful voice in a pleasant melodious tone He

said ldquoBeautify the Qur‟an with your voices [for a fine voice increases the

Qur‟an in beauty]rdquo[8] and he said ldquoHe who does not recite the Qur‟an in a pleasant tone is not of usrdquo[9]

Unfortunately all to often we find people reciting the Qurrsquoan quickly and without

changing their tone and without any feeling We should put all our efforts into

reciting the Qurrsquoan with as much feeling as we can Have you ever prayed behind an

Imam who read with feeling Well the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) said

ldquoTruly the one who has one of the finest voices among the people for

reciting the Qur‟an is the one whom you think fears Allah when you hear

him reciterdquo[10] And once when the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam)

complimented Abu Moosaa al-Ashrsquoari on the beauty of his recitation Abu Moosaa

said ldquoHad I known you were there I would have made my voice more pleasant and emotional for yourdquo[11]

Let us remember that the Qurrsquoan is the word of Allah In it we find exhortations

warnings glad-tidings parables stories of the past commands and prohibitions

Aayaat to make us think reflect cry fear hope love fall down in prostration How

can we recite all of this without feeling When we recite an aayah of Qurrsquoan we

should imagine that we are trying to feel and convey the full message behind that

aayah Perhaps some of us donrsquot feel confident I believe that this lack of confidence

comes partly from not knowing the rules of Tajweed correctly and so fearing that we

will make mistakes and partly from not understanding the meaning of what we are

reciting So let us work hard to remove these two obstacles by learning Tajweed and

working towards learning Arabic

Helpful Tips towards learning Tajweed

deg You must find a Qur‟an teacher who has studied Tajweed to listen to your

recitation and correct you Tajweed cannot merely be learnt from books because the

movements of your mouth as well as the sounds are important and only a teacher

can correct you and make sure you are applying the rules correctly Sometimes local

Mosques will run classes Qurrsquoan recitation is a science which was passed down

generation by generation through teachers not just books with a direct line to the

Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam)

deg Find a book containing the rules of Tajweed and learn each rule little by little

applying it as you go along with the help of your teacher There are many concise

Arabic books and in English there are some books as well as tapes to help Look for books with some drawings showing you how to pronounce each letter

deg Listen to Qur‟an tapes of reciters who recite very clearly at a medium or slow

speed (like Sheikh Hudhaify or Sheikh Muhammad Hosary) and try and notice them

applying the different rules of Tajweed Repeat after them while trying to apply the

5

rules yoursquove learnt Try to copy their tone and melody as well and see how it changes as the meaning of what theyrsquore reciting changes

deg Tajweed website There is an excellent Tajweed website I came across in English

which details many aspects of Tajweed in a very clear way including a Question and

Answer section httpwwwabouttajweedcom

deg Tajweed Mus-haf You can get a new Mus-haf (copy of the Qurrsquoan) called Mus-

haf at-Tajweed which has the rules of Tajweed incorporated in the text of the Qurrsquoan

in colour coding This is very helpful as it prompts you as you go along There is also

a computer program you can buy with it which highlights Tajweed rules with recitation

deg Tajweed Poem If you know Arabic you could memorise Ibn al-Jazareersquos poem

which contains all the rules of Tajweed You can get the poem on tape sung as a nasheed in Arab countries You might find memorising the rules easy in this way

deg Try and apply the rules you learn to the Surahs you have already memorised

and donrsquot become lazy about reciting correctly You might have to revise the surahs by looking back at them

deg Practice and repetition will make perfect insha Allah As Ibn al-Jazaree says in his poem about acquiring Tajweed

bdquoAnd there is no obstacle between it (learning Tajweed) and leaving it Except that a person must exercise his mouth with it‟

May Allah help us all to give His Book its right when we recite it and make reciting it more beloved to our tongues than anything else Aameen

Much of the factual information for this article has been taken from the book

bdquoQawaa‟id at-Tajweed‟ by Dr bdquoAbdul Azeez Abdul Fattah al-Qaari‟ a teacher

of the Islamic University in Madinah Published by Maktabah Dar in Madinah

and from bdquoThe Prophet‟s (sallallaahu bdquoalaihi wa sallam) prayer described‟ by

Sheikh al-Albaani (rahimahullah)

[1] Ibn Al-Jazareersquos book lsquoAl-Muqaddimah feemaa lsquoala qaarirsquoihi an yursquoallimahursquo [2] An-Nashr of Ibn Al-Jazaree 2091 [3] Tirmidhi [4] Mentioned by Ibn al-Jazaree in lsquoAn-Nashrrsquo from At-Tabaraani in lsquoAl-Kabeerrsquo [5] In Ibn Taymiyyahs fataawa [6] Muslim amp Malik [7] Abu Daawood amp Sahmi (64-65) Haakim declared it Saheeh amp Dhahabi agreed [8] Bukhaari as tarsquoleeq Abu Daawood Darimi Haakim and Tammaam ar-Razi with 2 saheeh isnaads [9] Abu Daawood amp Haakim who declared it saheeh and Dhahabi agreed [10] A Saheeh hadeeth transmitted by Ibn al-Mubaarak in az-Zuhd (1621 from al-Kawaakib 575) Daarimi Ibn Nasr Tabaraani Abu Nursquoaim in Akhbaar Isbahaan and Diyaarsquo in al-Mukhtaarah

[11] Bukhaari amp Muslim

Comment on this article (1 Comments posted)

============

6

-------------------

httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlAudio-lectureshtm

Please download the following software and then install it in your system in order to listen to the lectures You can click her to download Aiwaexezip

Recorded Tajweed Lessons

Lessons are given at Al Quracuteaan Wa Sunnah Islamic Site Of Learning

Join the Internet`s First and No1 Islamic Cyber Community at ALQURAN WA SUNNAH ISLAMIC VOICE CHAT SITE for LEARNING

1 Tajweed9-13)

2 Tajweed9-15)

3 Tajweed9-17)

4 Tajweed9-20) It is repaired and available

5 Tajweed9-22)

6 Tajweed9-24

7 Tajweed9-27

8 Tajweed9-29 AlAraaf(7) 200mdash

9 Tajweed10-01Al-anfaal(8)17-40

10 Tajweed10-05Al-Anfaal(8) 41-56

11 Tajweed10-11Alanfaal(8) 56--

Friday speeches

1 Islam is the religion of Mercy

2 Misconception about the testimony of faith Shahadah

3 Pilgrimage ―Al-Hajj

4 Welcome Ramadan

More recorded lectures for how to recite Quran and your prayers for beginners and also some lessons about Tawheed and science lead to Islam If you are interested Please link to Al-Quran

Wa Sunnah Voice Chat

If you have any question Please contact me at mailtoasmdlfoodsciuassedu Assem Abolmaaty Sayedahmed

September 16 2004

--------------

7

httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlTajweedhtm httpabcsofarabictripodcomindividuallettershtm

Contents

Audio lectures Including Khutbah and Tajweed lessons

How to pronounce the Arabic letters The importance of Recitation Rules

Reading bismillah and Aoozobellah

Vibration Rules (Qalqalah) Types of stops

Noon and meem Mushadadah (doubled) Non Vowel Meem Meem Sakina Rules

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

1 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 2 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules

3 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 4 changing Iqlaab Rules

lengthening Rules Madd Rules

Non vowel Laam

Types of Hamzah

The importance of Recitation Rules

Allah (SWT) says in the Quran And read the Quran in slow measured rhythmic tone Verily

We have revealed an Arabic Quran Those people whom We have given the Book recite it the way it

should be recited They are the ones who believe in it (Quran 2121) It is obvious from above

mentioned verse that it is important to read Quran clearly and is compulsory Farz-i-Ain If only one

verse mentions this order it should be sufficient for that order to be true Reciting the Quran consists of

two parts Tarteel and Tajweed Tarteel means to read the Quran slowly and Tajweed deals with correct

pronunciation Tarteel and Tajweed consist of two parts Tajweed-ul-Huroof - that letter should be read

with correct pronunciation And the other Marifat-ul-Wuquf - that one should know where to break pause

or stop during recitation Without these two things recitation of Quran is not correct therefore it is

important to do these correctly Without completing these two a person is not a correct reader of Quran

and will not be given certificate of Tajweed Similarly many Hadeith prove it to be necessary to read

Quran correctly and the Quran was revealed with correct Tajweed The Prophet Muhammad also

read Quran with correct Tajweed and ordered others to do so He taught Sahaba (RDH - those companions

of prophet that met him in person) with correct Tajweed And since the time of Tabeen and Taba

Tabeen till today all the respected Qurras have read Quran with correct Tajweed and the Quran will be

read similarly until Qiyamat (Doomsday)

8

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Qalqalah [Vibration]

Qalqalah [Vibration] literally means unrest Technically it means the vibration of the non-

vowelled sound letter until a strong trembling sound is heard whether the absence of vowel

(sukoon) is original or exposed (Aarid)

The Qalqalah Letters are five They are grouped together in the phrase

ق ط ب ج د ( قطة جذ )

(Qutb Jad) daal geem baa taa qaaf

It is required that the Qalqalah letters be with original or unoriginal sukoon (absence of a

vowel) as a result of making a pause at a qalqalah letter

The lesser degree The lesser degree of Qalqalah [ sughra] is when it occurs in the middle of a word

Example

100 Al-adiyat

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

ؼبص٠بد ا ذبج ض

ع٠بد دبض ل فب

غ١غاد ذبج ص فب

ث ؼبم فأثغ

مؼب ث فأثغؿ ؼب ط ف ج ث

110 ndash An-nasr

فزخ ا إطا جبء صغ هللا عأ٠ذ ابؽ ض ٠ س هللا ف ص٠ اجب أف

9

The moderate degree

The moderate degree of Qalqalah [mutawasita] is when a stop is made on a letter which is not

doubled (without shaddah)

Example

112- Alikhlaas

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

هللا ض أد ل

هللا ض اص

٠ض ض ٠

ا وف ٠ى ض أد

113- Al-Falaq

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

أػط ثغة ف ل ك ا

ب شغ ك س

شغ غبؿك إطا ل ت

شغ افبثبد ف ؼم ض ا

ـ شغ دبؿض إطا د ض

The greater degree

The greater degree of Qalqalah [kubra] is when a stop is made on a doubled letter of qalqalah

Example the Qaaf in

15 ndash Yonus ( 85)

ب إال ذ ث١ ـبػخ ٢ر ك ثب ا إ ب ١خ األعض اد ب ـ ب سمب ا

فخ فبصفخ اص ١ ج ا

21- Al-Anbiaa (112)

ب رصف ػ زؼب ـ ذ لبي عة ادى ا ك ثب د عثب اغ

111- Al-Masad

ر رجذ ٠ضا أث ت ت

10

تسن هللا حين حمه الر الر

Types of Stops 1 Compulsory 2 Permissible 3 Precautionary

4 Prohibited 5 Moderate Pause

Stop Literally means blocking and suspending

Stop Technically means making a voiceless break at a Quranic word for a brief

moment during which the reader takes a breath with the intention of continuing

reading

1 Compulsory The Compulsory Stop is the stop by which the word and meaning give a complete

sense and this is called complete stop because the utterance is complete and is

separated from what follows It is indicated by (meem)

2 Permissible The Permissible Stop is the one at which stopping or continuing is permissible In this

type you can either continue or make a stop In this case either continuing or making

a stop is preferable

2 a Sufficient

The Sufficient Stop is the one in which continuing or stopping is permissible yet

making a stop is preferable It is called sufficient because it can stand by itself

independently of what follows because it is not connected with it in words Its

symbol is ( ل ) Qili

2 b Equality

The Equality Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are equally relevant

Its symbol is ( ج ) (geem)

3619

ؼى لبا طبئغوجغر أئ طو

جغف ـ ل أز ث

11

2 c Good

The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are

permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop

because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)

3618

ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى

3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)

It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop

In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only

Al-Baqarah (22)

4 Prohibited

The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which

does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with

what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is

prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)

12

Al-Marsquoidah (553)

5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a

brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]

Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)

Al-Kahf (18-1)

13

Doubled meem amp Doubled noon

The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled

meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-

vowelled and the second is a vowel

Doubled meem( ( م

The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the

second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem

and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)

The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory

manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts

[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the

letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in

order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters

110 Al-Qaria

اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب

اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف

أ اػ٠ سفذ ب

٠خ فأ ب

14

Doubled noon ( ن )

The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and

the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled

noon and both became one doubled letter

The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with

Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two

counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

(harf ghunnah mushaddad)

1 An-naas 111

د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ

أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل

بؽ ه ا

ا بؽ إ

ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ

ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠

ج ا ا بؽ خ

2 Al-Alaq [96]

ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب

جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ

15

The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )

Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )

Clear ( the rest 26(

The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and

which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping

1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah

that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment

Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation

without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)

غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش

2 As-shams 91-14

ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف

3- Al-Alaq 96-14

٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ

4- Al-Aadiat 100-11

عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠

5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

16

2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with

the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)

literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a

non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter

1 Al-Qadr 97-4

عث غ ثئط أ و

2 Al-Humazah104-8

ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ

3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must

be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means

pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without

ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case

of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the

waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )

Examples

1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666

ػ١ب لؼص إط

2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6

ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856

17

Exercise

Al-feel 105

حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي

و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ

ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

أوي فجؼ وؼصف

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Manifestation (Iz-haar)

ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification

Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation

clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter

a a Guttural Manifestation

18

It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)

These letters are

hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )

haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )

b Absolute Manifestation

The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation

and clarification

Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly

without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is

neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation

occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a

single word

This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan

qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the

rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words

Merging Assimilation Idghaam

Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it

means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled

(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds

a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang

b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang

Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are

six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)

19

ع ي

1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah

Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase

The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و

occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that

this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in

two cases

a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )

b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )

The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an

exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs

Al-Humazah104 2 9

بال غ ص اظ ج ػض

صح ض ف ػ ض

Al-Masad11114

تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب

ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب

Al-Qiyamah75 3

أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4

ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ

22

ئظ ج ٠ بضغح

20

36

ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37

٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40

ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١

2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah

Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and

the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that

this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the

noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing

assimilation because of the stop singe

Al-Ikhlaas1124

٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9

٠ ؼح ؼح ى

Al-Alaq967

آه استغنىر أن

Almulk6715

شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن

Az-Zariat5157

زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

3

ldquoLil Fuqaraaaa-i wal masaakeenrdquo he elongated the word Fuqaraa and the knowledge of the different lengths of elongation (mudood) is also from the rules of Tajweed

The scholars have divided the types of mistakes one might fall into when reciting the Qurrsquoan into two types

1Clear mistakes and 2Unobvious (hidden) mistakes

The Clear mistakes must be avoided by all and to avoid them one must know the

rules of Tajweed If a person falls into the Clear Mistakes this is considered a sin and

Ibn Taymiyyah even regarded it undesirable for a Student of Knowledge (ie

someone who knows Tajweed) to pray behind a person who makes Clear Mistakes in

their Salaah[5] As for the Unobvious mistakes then the ruling on them is lighter

and the recitation of a person falling into this type of mistake is regarded as lacking in completeness and prayer behind such a person is sound

The table below shows what type of mistakes fall under each category As you can see almost all areas of Tajweed are required to be applied by all Muslims

Clear mistakes

Mistakes in words which are clear and

inconspicuous whether they change the

meaning or not Mistakes related to

correct pronunciation Scholars and the ordinary Muslims should avoid these

Examples of Clear mistakes

bull Changing one letter into another or a

short vowel (harakah) into another

(changing Fathah into Damma or the letter Qaaf into Kaaf etc)

bull Not observing the elongations (Mudood) at all Reciting them quickly

bull Not observing the rules with which to

pronounce letters when they are next to

each other (like not merging certain

letters that should be merged and not

clearly pronouncing those which should be

clearly pronounced etc)

bullMaking light letters sound heavy and heavy letters sound light

bull Stopping or starting at an incorrect

place so that the meaning is spoilt

Unobvious mistakes

Mistakes which are associated with

perfecting the pronunciation

Known only by those who are

experts in this field or study it in

depth Ordinary Muslims may not know these

Examples of Unobvious mistakes

bull Not being totally exact with the

elongation of letters (Making the

Madd shorter or longer by a frac12 or even frac14 degree etc)

bull Not observing the attributes of

each letter perfectly (Slightly

rolling the Raarsquo or exaggerating

the lsquoNrsquo sound in Noon etc)

4

Reciting the Qur‟an melodiously

The Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) used to recite the Qurrsquoan in slow

measured rhythmic tones as Allah had instructed him not hurriedly but rather ldquohe

would recite a surah in such slow rhythmic tones that it would be longer than it

would seem possiblerdquo[6] He would stop at the end of each aayah[7] He

commanded people to recite in a beautiful voice in a pleasant melodious tone He

said ldquoBeautify the Qur‟an with your voices [for a fine voice increases the

Qur‟an in beauty]rdquo[8] and he said ldquoHe who does not recite the Qur‟an in a pleasant tone is not of usrdquo[9]

Unfortunately all to often we find people reciting the Qurrsquoan quickly and without

changing their tone and without any feeling We should put all our efforts into

reciting the Qurrsquoan with as much feeling as we can Have you ever prayed behind an

Imam who read with feeling Well the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) said

ldquoTruly the one who has one of the finest voices among the people for

reciting the Qur‟an is the one whom you think fears Allah when you hear

him reciterdquo[10] And once when the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam)

complimented Abu Moosaa al-Ashrsquoari on the beauty of his recitation Abu Moosaa

said ldquoHad I known you were there I would have made my voice more pleasant and emotional for yourdquo[11]

Let us remember that the Qurrsquoan is the word of Allah In it we find exhortations

warnings glad-tidings parables stories of the past commands and prohibitions

Aayaat to make us think reflect cry fear hope love fall down in prostration How

can we recite all of this without feeling When we recite an aayah of Qurrsquoan we

should imagine that we are trying to feel and convey the full message behind that

aayah Perhaps some of us donrsquot feel confident I believe that this lack of confidence

comes partly from not knowing the rules of Tajweed correctly and so fearing that we

will make mistakes and partly from not understanding the meaning of what we are

reciting So let us work hard to remove these two obstacles by learning Tajweed and

working towards learning Arabic

Helpful Tips towards learning Tajweed

deg You must find a Qur‟an teacher who has studied Tajweed to listen to your

recitation and correct you Tajweed cannot merely be learnt from books because the

movements of your mouth as well as the sounds are important and only a teacher

can correct you and make sure you are applying the rules correctly Sometimes local

Mosques will run classes Qurrsquoan recitation is a science which was passed down

generation by generation through teachers not just books with a direct line to the

Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam)

deg Find a book containing the rules of Tajweed and learn each rule little by little

applying it as you go along with the help of your teacher There are many concise

Arabic books and in English there are some books as well as tapes to help Look for books with some drawings showing you how to pronounce each letter

deg Listen to Qur‟an tapes of reciters who recite very clearly at a medium or slow

speed (like Sheikh Hudhaify or Sheikh Muhammad Hosary) and try and notice them

applying the different rules of Tajweed Repeat after them while trying to apply the

5

rules yoursquove learnt Try to copy their tone and melody as well and see how it changes as the meaning of what theyrsquore reciting changes

deg Tajweed website There is an excellent Tajweed website I came across in English

which details many aspects of Tajweed in a very clear way including a Question and

Answer section httpwwwabouttajweedcom

deg Tajweed Mus-haf You can get a new Mus-haf (copy of the Qurrsquoan) called Mus-

haf at-Tajweed which has the rules of Tajweed incorporated in the text of the Qurrsquoan

in colour coding This is very helpful as it prompts you as you go along There is also

a computer program you can buy with it which highlights Tajweed rules with recitation

deg Tajweed Poem If you know Arabic you could memorise Ibn al-Jazareersquos poem

which contains all the rules of Tajweed You can get the poem on tape sung as a nasheed in Arab countries You might find memorising the rules easy in this way

deg Try and apply the rules you learn to the Surahs you have already memorised

and donrsquot become lazy about reciting correctly You might have to revise the surahs by looking back at them

deg Practice and repetition will make perfect insha Allah As Ibn al-Jazaree says in his poem about acquiring Tajweed

bdquoAnd there is no obstacle between it (learning Tajweed) and leaving it Except that a person must exercise his mouth with it‟

May Allah help us all to give His Book its right when we recite it and make reciting it more beloved to our tongues than anything else Aameen

Much of the factual information for this article has been taken from the book

bdquoQawaa‟id at-Tajweed‟ by Dr bdquoAbdul Azeez Abdul Fattah al-Qaari‟ a teacher

of the Islamic University in Madinah Published by Maktabah Dar in Madinah

and from bdquoThe Prophet‟s (sallallaahu bdquoalaihi wa sallam) prayer described‟ by

Sheikh al-Albaani (rahimahullah)

[1] Ibn Al-Jazareersquos book lsquoAl-Muqaddimah feemaa lsquoala qaarirsquoihi an yursquoallimahursquo [2] An-Nashr of Ibn Al-Jazaree 2091 [3] Tirmidhi [4] Mentioned by Ibn al-Jazaree in lsquoAn-Nashrrsquo from At-Tabaraani in lsquoAl-Kabeerrsquo [5] In Ibn Taymiyyahs fataawa [6] Muslim amp Malik [7] Abu Daawood amp Sahmi (64-65) Haakim declared it Saheeh amp Dhahabi agreed [8] Bukhaari as tarsquoleeq Abu Daawood Darimi Haakim and Tammaam ar-Razi with 2 saheeh isnaads [9] Abu Daawood amp Haakim who declared it saheeh and Dhahabi agreed [10] A Saheeh hadeeth transmitted by Ibn al-Mubaarak in az-Zuhd (1621 from al-Kawaakib 575) Daarimi Ibn Nasr Tabaraani Abu Nursquoaim in Akhbaar Isbahaan and Diyaarsquo in al-Mukhtaarah

[11] Bukhaari amp Muslim

Comment on this article (1 Comments posted)

============

6

-------------------

httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlAudio-lectureshtm

Please download the following software and then install it in your system in order to listen to the lectures You can click her to download Aiwaexezip

Recorded Tajweed Lessons

Lessons are given at Al Quracuteaan Wa Sunnah Islamic Site Of Learning

Join the Internet`s First and No1 Islamic Cyber Community at ALQURAN WA SUNNAH ISLAMIC VOICE CHAT SITE for LEARNING

1 Tajweed9-13)

2 Tajweed9-15)

3 Tajweed9-17)

4 Tajweed9-20) It is repaired and available

5 Tajweed9-22)

6 Tajweed9-24

7 Tajweed9-27

8 Tajweed9-29 AlAraaf(7) 200mdash

9 Tajweed10-01Al-anfaal(8)17-40

10 Tajweed10-05Al-Anfaal(8) 41-56

11 Tajweed10-11Alanfaal(8) 56--

Friday speeches

1 Islam is the religion of Mercy

2 Misconception about the testimony of faith Shahadah

3 Pilgrimage ―Al-Hajj

4 Welcome Ramadan

More recorded lectures for how to recite Quran and your prayers for beginners and also some lessons about Tawheed and science lead to Islam If you are interested Please link to Al-Quran

Wa Sunnah Voice Chat

If you have any question Please contact me at mailtoasmdlfoodsciuassedu Assem Abolmaaty Sayedahmed

September 16 2004

--------------

7

httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlTajweedhtm httpabcsofarabictripodcomindividuallettershtm

Contents

Audio lectures Including Khutbah and Tajweed lessons

How to pronounce the Arabic letters The importance of Recitation Rules

Reading bismillah and Aoozobellah

Vibration Rules (Qalqalah) Types of stops

Noon and meem Mushadadah (doubled) Non Vowel Meem Meem Sakina Rules

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

1 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 2 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules

3 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 4 changing Iqlaab Rules

lengthening Rules Madd Rules

Non vowel Laam

Types of Hamzah

The importance of Recitation Rules

Allah (SWT) says in the Quran And read the Quran in slow measured rhythmic tone Verily

We have revealed an Arabic Quran Those people whom We have given the Book recite it the way it

should be recited They are the ones who believe in it (Quran 2121) It is obvious from above

mentioned verse that it is important to read Quran clearly and is compulsory Farz-i-Ain If only one

verse mentions this order it should be sufficient for that order to be true Reciting the Quran consists of

two parts Tarteel and Tajweed Tarteel means to read the Quran slowly and Tajweed deals with correct

pronunciation Tarteel and Tajweed consist of two parts Tajweed-ul-Huroof - that letter should be read

with correct pronunciation And the other Marifat-ul-Wuquf - that one should know where to break pause

or stop during recitation Without these two things recitation of Quran is not correct therefore it is

important to do these correctly Without completing these two a person is not a correct reader of Quran

and will not be given certificate of Tajweed Similarly many Hadeith prove it to be necessary to read

Quran correctly and the Quran was revealed with correct Tajweed The Prophet Muhammad also

read Quran with correct Tajweed and ordered others to do so He taught Sahaba (RDH - those companions

of prophet that met him in person) with correct Tajweed And since the time of Tabeen and Taba

Tabeen till today all the respected Qurras have read Quran with correct Tajweed and the Quran will be

read similarly until Qiyamat (Doomsday)

8

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Qalqalah [Vibration]

Qalqalah [Vibration] literally means unrest Technically it means the vibration of the non-

vowelled sound letter until a strong trembling sound is heard whether the absence of vowel

(sukoon) is original or exposed (Aarid)

The Qalqalah Letters are five They are grouped together in the phrase

ق ط ب ج د ( قطة جذ )

(Qutb Jad) daal geem baa taa qaaf

It is required that the Qalqalah letters be with original or unoriginal sukoon (absence of a

vowel) as a result of making a pause at a qalqalah letter

The lesser degree The lesser degree of Qalqalah [ sughra] is when it occurs in the middle of a word

Example

100 Al-adiyat

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

ؼبص٠بد ا ذبج ض

ع٠بد دبض ل فب

غ١غاد ذبج ص فب

ث ؼبم فأثغ

مؼب ث فأثغؿ ؼب ط ف ج ث

110 ndash An-nasr

فزخ ا إطا جبء صغ هللا عأ٠ذ ابؽ ض ٠ س هللا ف ص٠ اجب أف

9

The moderate degree

The moderate degree of Qalqalah [mutawasita] is when a stop is made on a letter which is not

doubled (without shaddah)

Example

112- Alikhlaas

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

هللا ض أد ل

هللا ض اص

٠ض ض ٠

ا وف ٠ى ض أد

113- Al-Falaq

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

أػط ثغة ف ل ك ا

ب شغ ك س

شغ غبؿك إطا ل ت

شغ افبثبد ف ؼم ض ا

ـ شغ دبؿض إطا د ض

The greater degree

The greater degree of Qalqalah [kubra] is when a stop is made on a doubled letter of qalqalah

Example the Qaaf in

15 ndash Yonus ( 85)

ب إال ذ ث١ ـبػخ ٢ر ك ثب ا إ ب ١خ األعض اد ب ـ ب سمب ا

فخ فبصفخ اص ١ ج ا

21- Al-Anbiaa (112)

ب رصف ػ زؼب ـ ذ لبي عة ادى ا ك ثب د عثب اغ

111- Al-Masad

ر رجذ ٠ضا أث ت ت

10

تسن هللا حين حمه الر الر

Types of Stops 1 Compulsory 2 Permissible 3 Precautionary

4 Prohibited 5 Moderate Pause

Stop Literally means blocking and suspending

Stop Technically means making a voiceless break at a Quranic word for a brief

moment during which the reader takes a breath with the intention of continuing

reading

1 Compulsory The Compulsory Stop is the stop by which the word and meaning give a complete

sense and this is called complete stop because the utterance is complete and is

separated from what follows It is indicated by (meem)

2 Permissible The Permissible Stop is the one at which stopping or continuing is permissible In this

type you can either continue or make a stop In this case either continuing or making

a stop is preferable

2 a Sufficient

The Sufficient Stop is the one in which continuing or stopping is permissible yet

making a stop is preferable It is called sufficient because it can stand by itself

independently of what follows because it is not connected with it in words Its

symbol is ( ل ) Qili

2 b Equality

The Equality Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are equally relevant

Its symbol is ( ج ) (geem)

3619

ؼى لبا طبئغوجغر أئ طو

جغف ـ ل أز ث

11

2 c Good

The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are

permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop

because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)

3618

ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى

3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)

It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop

In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only

Al-Baqarah (22)

4 Prohibited

The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which

does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with

what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is

prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)

12

Al-Marsquoidah (553)

5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a

brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]

Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)

Al-Kahf (18-1)

13

Doubled meem amp Doubled noon

The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled

meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-

vowelled and the second is a vowel

Doubled meem( ( م

The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the

second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem

and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)

The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory

manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts

[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the

letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in

order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters

110 Al-Qaria

اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب

اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف

أ اػ٠ سفذ ب

٠خ فأ ب

14

Doubled noon ( ن )

The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and

the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled

noon and both became one doubled letter

The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with

Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two

counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

(harf ghunnah mushaddad)

1 An-naas 111

د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ

أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل

بؽ ه ا

ا بؽ إ

ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ

ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠

ج ا ا بؽ خ

2 Al-Alaq [96]

ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب

جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ

15

The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )

Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )

Clear ( the rest 26(

The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and

which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping

1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah

that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment

Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation

without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)

غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش

2 As-shams 91-14

ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف

3- Al-Alaq 96-14

٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ

4- Al-Aadiat 100-11

عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠

5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

16

2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with

the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)

literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a

non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter

1 Al-Qadr 97-4

عث غ ثئط أ و

2 Al-Humazah104-8

ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ

3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must

be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means

pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without

ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case

of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the

waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )

Examples

1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666

ػ١ب لؼص إط

2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6

ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856

17

Exercise

Al-feel 105

حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي

و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ

ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

أوي فجؼ وؼصف

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Manifestation (Iz-haar)

ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification

Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation

clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter

a a Guttural Manifestation

18

It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)

These letters are

hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )

haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )

b Absolute Manifestation

The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation

and clarification

Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly

without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is

neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation

occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a

single word

This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan

qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the

rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words

Merging Assimilation Idghaam

Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it

means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled

(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds

a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang

b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang

Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are

six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)

19

ع ي

1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah

Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase

The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و

occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that

this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in

two cases

a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )

b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )

The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an

exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs

Al-Humazah104 2 9

بال غ ص اظ ج ػض

صح ض ف ػ ض

Al-Masad11114

تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب

ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب

Al-Qiyamah75 3

أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4

ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ

22

ئظ ج ٠ بضغح

20

36

ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37

٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40

ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١

2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah

Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and

the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that

this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the

noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing

assimilation because of the stop singe

Al-Ikhlaas1124

٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9

٠ ؼح ؼح ى

Al-Alaq967

آه استغنىر أن

Almulk6715

شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن

Az-Zariat5157

زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

4

Reciting the Qur‟an melodiously

The Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) used to recite the Qurrsquoan in slow

measured rhythmic tones as Allah had instructed him not hurriedly but rather ldquohe

would recite a surah in such slow rhythmic tones that it would be longer than it

would seem possiblerdquo[6] He would stop at the end of each aayah[7] He

commanded people to recite in a beautiful voice in a pleasant melodious tone He

said ldquoBeautify the Qur‟an with your voices [for a fine voice increases the

Qur‟an in beauty]rdquo[8] and he said ldquoHe who does not recite the Qur‟an in a pleasant tone is not of usrdquo[9]

Unfortunately all to often we find people reciting the Qurrsquoan quickly and without

changing their tone and without any feeling We should put all our efforts into

reciting the Qurrsquoan with as much feeling as we can Have you ever prayed behind an

Imam who read with feeling Well the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) said

ldquoTruly the one who has one of the finest voices among the people for

reciting the Qur‟an is the one whom you think fears Allah when you hear

him reciterdquo[10] And once when the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam)

complimented Abu Moosaa al-Ashrsquoari on the beauty of his recitation Abu Moosaa

said ldquoHad I known you were there I would have made my voice more pleasant and emotional for yourdquo[11]

Let us remember that the Qurrsquoan is the word of Allah In it we find exhortations

warnings glad-tidings parables stories of the past commands and prohibitions

Aayaat to make us think reflect cry fear hope love fall down in prostration How

can we recite all of this without feeling When we recite an aayah of Qurrsquoan we

should imagine that we are trying to feel and convey the full message behind that

aayah Perhaps some of us donrsquot feel confident I believe that this lack of confidence

comes partly from not knowing the rules of Tajweed correctly and so fearing that we

will make mistakes and partly from not understanding the meaning of what we are

reciting So let us work hard to remove these two obstacles by learning Tajweed and

working towards learning Arabic

Helpful Tips towards learning Tajweed

deg You must find a Qur‟an teacher who has studied Tajweed to listen to your

recitation and correct you Tajweed cannot merely be learnt from books because the

movements of your mouth as well as the sounds are important and only a teacher

can correct you and make sure you are applying the rules correctly Sometimes local

Mosques will run classes Qurrsquoan recitation is a science which was passed down

generation by generation through teachers not just books with a direct line to the

Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam)

deg Find a book containing the rules of Tajweed and learn each rule little by little

applying it as you go along with the help of your teacher There are many concise

Arabic books and in English there are some books as well as tapes to help Look for books with some drawings showing you how to pronounce each letter

deg Listen to Qur‟an tapes of reciters who recite very clearly at a medium or slow

speed (like Sheikh Hudhaify or Sheikh Muhammad Hosary) and try and notice them

applying the different rules of Tajweed Repeat after them while trying to apply the

5

rules yoursquove learnt Try to copy their tone and melody as well and see how it changes as the meaning of what theyrsquore reciting changes

deg Tajweed website There is an excellent Tajweed website I came across in English

which details many aspects of Tajweed in a very clear way including a Question and

Answer section httpwwwabouttajweedcom

deg Tajweed Mus-haf You can get a new Mus-haf (copy of the Qurrsquoan) called Mus-

haf at-Tajweed which has the rules of Tajweed incorporated in the text of the Qurrsquoan

in colour coding This is very helpful as it prompts you as you go along There is also

a computer program you can buy with it which highlights Tajweed rules with recitation

deg Tajweed Poem If you know Arabic you could memorise Ibn al-Jazareersquos poem

which contains all the rules of Tajweed You can get the poem on tape sung as a nasheed in Arab countries You might find memorising the rules easy in this way

deg Try and apply the rules you learn to the Surahs you have already memorised

and donrsquot become lazy about reciting correctly You might have to revise the surahs by looking back at them

deg Practice and repetition will make perfect insha Allah As Ibn al-Jazaree says in his poem about acquiring Tajweed

bdquoAnd there is no obstacle between it (learning Tajweed) and leaving it Except that a person must exercise his mouth with it‟

May Allah help us all to give His Book its right when we recite it and make reciting it more beloved to our tongues than anything else Aameen

Much of the factual information for this article has been taken from the book

bdquoQawaa‟id at-Tajweed‟ by Dr bdquoAbdul Azeez Abdul Fattah al-Qaari‟ a teacher

of the Islamic University in Madinah Published by Maktabah Dar in Madinah

and from bdquoThe Prophet‟s (sallallaahu bdquoalaihi wa sallam) prayer described‟ by

Sheikh al-Albaani (rahimahullah)

[1] Ibn Al-Jazareersquos book lsquoAl-Muqaddimah feemaa lsquoala qaarirsquoihi an yursquoallimahursquo [2] An-Nashr of Ibn Al-Jazaree 2091 [3] Tirmidhi [4] Mentioned by Ibn al-Jazaree in lsquoAn-Nashrrsquo from At-Tabaraani in lsquoAl-Kabeerrsquo [5] In Ibn Taymiyyahs fataawa [6] Muslim amp Malik [7] Abu Daawood amp Sahmi (64-65) Haakim declared it Saheeh amp Dhahabi agreed [8] Bukhaari as tarsquoleeq Abu Daawood Darimi Haakim and Tammaam ar-Razi with 2 saheeh isnaads [9] Abu Daawood amp Haakim who declared it saheeh and Dhahabi agreed [10] A Saheeh hadeeth transmitted by Ibn al-Mubaarak in az-Zuhd (1621 from al-Kawaakib 575) Daarimi Ibn Nasr Tabaraani Abu Nursquoaim in Akhbaar Isbahaan and Diyaarsquo in al-Mukhtaarah

[11] Bukhaari amp Muslim

Comment on this article (1 Comments posted)

============

6

-------------------

httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlAudio-lectureshtm

Please download the following software and then install it in your system in order to listen to the lectures You can click her to download Aiwaexezip

Recorded Tajweed Lessons

Lessons are given at Al Quracuteaan Wa Sunnah Islamic Site Of Learning

Join the Internet`s First and No1 Islamic Cyber Community at ALQURAN WA SUNNAH ISLAMIC VOICE CHAT SITE for LEARNING

1 Tajweed9-13)

2 Tajweed9-15)

3 Tajweed9-17)

4 Tajweed9-20) It is repaired and available

5 Tajweed9-22)

6 Tajweed9-24

7 Tajweed9-27

8 Tajweed9-29 AlAraaf(7) 200mdash

9 Tajweed10-01Al-anfaal(8)17-40

10 Tajweed10-05Al-Anfaal(8) 41-56

11 Tajweed10-11Alanfaal(8) 56--

Friday speeches

1 Islam is the religion of Mercy

2 Misconception about the testimony of faith Shahadah

3 Pilgrimage ―Al-Hajj

4 Welcome Ramadan

More recorded lectures for how to recite Quran and your prayers for beginners and also some lessons about Tawheed and science lead to Islam If you are interested Please link to Al-Quran

Wa Sunnah Voice Chat

If you have any question Please contact me at mailtoasmdlfoodsciuassedu Assem Abolmaaty Sayedahmed

September 16 2004

--------------

7

httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlTajweedhtm httpabcsofarabictripodcomindividuallettershtm

Contents

Audio lectures Including Khutbah and Tajweed lessons

How to pronounce the Arabic letters The importance of Recitation Rules

Reading bismillah and Aoozobellah

Vibration Rules (Qalqalah) Types of stops

Noon and meem Mushadadah (doubled) Non Vowel Meem Meem Sakina Rules

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

1 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 2 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules

3 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 4 changing Iqlaab Rules

lengthening Rules Madd Rules

Non vowel Laam

Types of Hamzah

The importance of Recitation Rules

Allah (SWT) says in the Quran And read the Quran in slow measured rhythmic tone Verily

We have revealed an Arabic Quran Those people whom We have given the Book recite it the way it

should be recited They are the ones who believe in it (Quran 2121) It is obvious from above

mentioned verse that it is important to read Quran clearly and is compulsory Farz-i-Ain If only one

verse mentions this order it should be sufficient for that order to be true Reciting the Quran consists of

two parts Tarteel and Tajweed Tarteel means to read the Quran slowly and Tajweed deals with correct

pronunciation Tarteel and Tajweed consist of two parts Tajweed-ul-Huroof - that letter should be read

with correct pronunciation And the other Marifat-ul-Wuquf - that one should know where to break pause

or stop during recitation Without these two things recitation of Quran is not correct therefore it is

important to do these correctly Without completing these two a person is not a correct reader of Quran

and will not be given certificate of Tajweed Similarly many Hadeith prove it to be necessary to read

Quran correctly and the Quran was revealed with correct Tajweed The Prophet Muhammad also

read Quran with correct Tajweed and ordered others to do so He taught Sahaba (RDH - those companions

of prophet that met him in person) with correct Tajweed And since the time of Tabeen and Taba

Tabeen till today all the respected Qurras have read Quran with correct Tajweed and the Quran will be

read similarly until Qiyamat (Doomsday)

8

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Qalqalah [Vibration]

Qalqalah [Vibration] literally means unrest Technically it means the vibration of the non-

vowelled sound letter until a strong trembling sound is heard whether the absence of vowel

(sukoon) is original or exposed (Aarid)

The Qalqalah Letters are five They are grouped together in the phrase

ق ط ب ج د ( قطة جذ )

(Qutb Jad) daal geem baa taa qaaf

It is required that the Qalqalah letters be with original or unoriginal sukoon (absence of a

vowel) as a result of making a pause at a qalqalah letter

The lesser degree The lesser degree of Qalqalah [ sughra] is when it occurs in the middle of a word

Example

100 Al-adiyat

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

ؼبص٠بد ا ذبج ض

ع٠بد دبض ل فب

غ١غاد ذبج ص فب

ث ؼبم فأثغ

مؼب ث فأثغؿ ؼب ط ف ج ث

110 ndash An-nasr

فزخ ا إطا جبء صغ هللا عأ٠ذ ابؽ ض ٠ س هللا ف ص٠ اجب أف

9

The moderate degree

The moderate degree of Qalqalah [mutawasita] is when a stop is made on a letter which is not

doubled (without shaddah)

Example

112- Alikhlaas

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

هللا ض أد ل

هللا ض اص

٠ض ض ٠

ا وف ٠ى ض أد

113- Al-Falaq

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

أػط ثغة ف ل ك ا

ب شغ ك س

شغ غبؿك إطا ل ت

شغ افبثبد ف ؼم ض ا

ـ شغ دبؿض إطا د ض

The greater degree

The greater degree of Qalqalah [kubra] is when a stop is made on a doubled letter of qalqalah

Example the Qaaf in

15 ndash Yonus ( 85)

ب إال ذ ث١ ـبػخ ٢ر ك ثب ا إ ب ١خ األعض اد ب ـ ب سمب ا

فخ فبصفخ اص ١ ج ا

21- Al-Anbiaa (112)

ب رصف ػ زؼب ـ ذ لبي عة ادى ا ك ثب د عثب اغ

111- Al-Masad

ر رجذ ٠ضا أث ت ت

10

تسن هللا حين حمه الر الر

Types of Stops 1 Compulsory 2 Permissible 3 Precautionary

4 Prohibited 5 Moderate Pause

Stop Literally means blocking and suspending

Stop Technically means making a voiceless break at a Quranic word for a brief

moment during which the reader takes a breath with the intention of continuing

reading

1 Compulsory The Compulsory Stop is the stop by which the word and meaning give a complete

sense and this is called complete stop because the utterance is complete and is

separated from what follows It is indicated by (meem)

2 Permissible The Permissible Stop is the one at which stopping or continuing is permissible In this

type you can either continue or make a stop In this case either continuing or making

a stop is preferable

2 a Sufficient

The Sufficient Stop is the one in which continuing or stopping is permissible yet

making a stop is preferable It is called sufficient because it can stand by itself

independently of what follows because it is not connected with it in words Its

symbol is ( ل ) Qili

2 b Equality

The Equality Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are equally relevant

Its symbol is ( ج ) (geem)

3619

ؼى لبا طبئغوجغر أئ طو

جغف ـ ل أز ث

11

2 c Good

The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are

permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop

because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)

3618

ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى

3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)

It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop

In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only

Al-Baqarah (22)

4 Prohibited

The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which

does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with

what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is

prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)

12

Al-Marsquoidah (553)

5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a

brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]

Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)

Al-Kahf (18-1)

13

Doubled meem amp Doubled noon

The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled

meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-

vowelled and the second is a vowel

Doubled meem( ( م

The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the

second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem

and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)

The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory

manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts

[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the

letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in

order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters

110 Al-Qaria

اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب

اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف

أ اػ٠ سفذ ب

٠خ فأ ب

14

Doubled noon ( ن )

The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and

the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled

noon and both became one doubled letter

The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with

Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two

counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

(harf ghunnah mushaddad)

1 An-naas 111

د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ

أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل

بؽ ه ا

ا بؽ إ

ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ

ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠

ج ا ا بؽ خ

2 Al-Alaq [96]

ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب

جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ

15

The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )

Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )

Clear ( the rest 26(

The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and

which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping

1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah

that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment

Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation

without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)

غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش

2 As-shams 91-14

ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف

3- Al-Alaq 96-14

٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ

4- Al-Aadiat 100-11

عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠

5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

16

2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with

the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)

literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a

non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter

1 Al-Qadr 97-4

عث غ ثئط أ و

2 Al-Humazah104-8

ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ

3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must

be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means

pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without

ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case

of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the

waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )

Examples

1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666

ػ١ب لؼص إط

2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6

ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856

17

Exercise

Al-feel 105

حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي

و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ

ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

أوي فجؼ وؼصف

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Manifestation (Iz-haar)

ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification

Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation

clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter

a a Guttural Manifestation

18

It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)

These letters are

hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )

haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )

b Absolute Manifestation

The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation

and clarification

Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly

without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is

neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation

occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a

single word

This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan

qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the

rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words

Merging Assimilation Idghaam

Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it

means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled

(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds

a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang

b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang

Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are

six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)

19

ع ي

1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah

Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase

The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و

occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that

this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in

two cases

a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )

b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )

The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an

exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs

Al-Humazah104 2 9

بال غ ص اظ ج ػض

صح ض ف ػ ض

Al-Masad11114

تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب

ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب

Al-Qiyamah75 3

أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4

ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ

22

ئظ ج ٠ بضغح

20

36

ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37

٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40

ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١

2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah

Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and

the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that

this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the

noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing

assimilation because of the stop singe

Al-Ikhlaas1124

٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9

٠ ؼح ؼح ى

Al-Alaq967

آه استغنىر أن

Almulk6715

شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن

Az-Zariat5157

زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

5

rules yoursquove learnt Try to copy their tone and melody as well and see how it changes as the meaning of what theyrsquore reciting changes

deg Tajweed website There is an excellent Tajweed website I came across in English

which details many aspects of Tajweed in a very clear way including a Question and

Answer section httpwwwabouttajweedcom

deg Tajweed Mus-haf You can get a new Mus-haf (copy of the Qurrsquoan) called Mus-

haf at-Tajweed which has the rules of Tajweed incorporated in the text of the Qurrsquoan

in colour coding This is very helpful as it prompts you as you go along There is also

a computer program you can buy with it which highlights Tajweed rules with recitation

deg Tajweed Poem If you know Arabic you could memorise Ibn al-Jazareersquos poem

which contains all the rules of Tajweed You can get the poem on tape sung as a nasheed in Arab countries You might find memorising the rules easy in this way

deg Try and apply the rules you learn to the Surahs you have already memorised

and donrsquot become lazy about reciting correctly You might have to revise the surahs by looking back at them

deg Practice and repetition will make perfect insha Allah As Ibn al-Jazaree says in his poem about acquiring Tajweed

bdquoAnd there is no obstacle between it (learning Tajweed) and leaving it Except that a person must exercise his mouth with it‟

May Allah help us all to give His Book its right when we recite it and make reciting it more beloved to our tongues than anything else Aameen

Much of the factual information for this article has been taken from the book

bdquoQawaa‟id at-Tajweed‟ by Dr bdquoAbdul Azeez Abdul Fattah al-Qaari‟ a teacher

of the Islamic University in Madinah Published by Maktabah Dar in Madinah

and from bdquoThe Prophet‟s (sallallaahu bdquoalaihi wa sallam) prayer described‟ by

Sheikh al-Albaani (rahimahullah)

[1] Ibn Al-Jazareersquos book lsquoAl-Muqaddimah feemaa lsquoala qaarirsquoihi an yursquoallimahursquo [2] An-Nashr of Ibn Al-Jazaree 2091 [3] Tirmidhi [4] Mentioned by Ibn al-Jazaree in lsquoAn-Nashrrsquo from At-Tabaraani in lsquoAl-Kabeerrsquo [5] In Ibn Taymiyyahs fataawa [6] Muslim amp Malik [7] Abu Daawood amp Sahmi (64-65) Haakim declared it Saheeh amp Dhahabi agreed [8] Bukhaari as tarsquoleeq Abu Daawood Darimi Haakim and Tammaam ar-Razi with 2 saheeh isnaads [9] Abu Daawood amp Haakim who declared it saheeh and Dhahabi agreed [10] A Saheeh hadeeth transmitted by Ibn al-Mubaarak in az-Zuhd (1621 from al-Kawaakib 575) Daarimi Ibn Nasr Tabaraani Abu Nursquoaim in Akhbaar Isbahaan and Diyaarsquo in al-Mukhtaarah

[11] Bukhaari amp Muslim

Comment on this article (1 Comments posted)

============

6

-------------------

httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlAudio-lectureshtm

Please download the following software and then install it in your system in order to listen to the lectures You can click her to download Aiwaexezip

Recorded Tajweed Lessons

Lessons are given at Al Quracuteaan Wa Sunnah Islamic Site Of Learning

Join the Internet`s First and No1 Islamic Cyber Community at ALQURAN WA SUNNAH ISLAMIC VOICE CHAT SITE for LEARNING

1 Tajweed9-13)

2 Tajweed9-15)

3 Tajweed9-17)

4 Tajweed9-20) It is repaired and available

5 Tajweed9-22)

6 Tajweed9-24

7 Tajweed9-27

8 Tajweed9-29 AlAraaf(7) 200mdash

9 Tajweed10-01Al-anfaal(8)17-40

10 Tajweed10-05Al-Anfaal(8) 41-56

11 Tajweed10-11Alanfaal(8) 56--

Friday speeches

1 Islam is the religion of Mercy

2 Misconception about the testimony of faith Shahadah

3 Pilgrimage ―Al-Hajj

4 Welcome Ramadan

More recorded lectures for how to recite Quran and your prayers for beginners and also some lessons about Tawheed and science lead to Islam If you are interested Please link to Al-Quran

Wa Sunnah Voice Chat

If you have any question Please contact me at mailtoasmdlfoodsciuassedu Assem Abolmaaty Sayedahmed

September 16 2004

--------------

7

httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlTajweedhtm httpabcsofarabictripodcomindividuallettershtm

Contents

Audio lectures Including Khutbah and Tajweed lessons

How to pronounce the Arabic letters The importance of Recitation Rules

Reading bismillah and Aoozobellah

Vibration Rules (Qalqalah) Types of stops

Noon and meem Mushadadah (doubled) Non Vowel Meem Meem Sakina Rules

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

1 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 2 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules

3 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 4 changing Iqlaab Rules

lengthening Rules Madd Rules

Non vowel Laam

Types of Hamzah

The importance of Recitation Rules

Allah (SWT) says in the Quran And read the Quran in slow measured rhythmic tone Verily

We have revealed an Arabic Quran Those people whom We have given the Book recite it the way it

should be recited They are the ones who believe in it (Quran 2121) It is obvious from above

mentioned verse that it is important to read Quran clearly and is compulsory Farz-i-Ain If only one

verse mentions this order it should be sufficient for that order to be true Reciting the Quran consists of

two parts Tarteel and Tajweed Tarteel means to read the Quran slowly and Tajweed deals with correct

pronunciation Tarteel and Tajweed consist of two parts Tajweed-ul-Huroof - that letter should be read

with correct pronunciation And the other Marifat-ul-Wuquf - that one should know where to break pause

or stop during recitation Without these two things recitation of Quran is not correct therefore it is

important to do these correctly Without completing these two a person is not a correct reader of Quran

and will not be given certificate of Tajweed Similarly many Hadeith prove it to be necessary to read

Quran correctly and the Quran was revealed with correct Tajweed The Prophet Muhammad also

read Quran with correct Tajweed and ordered others to do so He taught Sahaba (RDH - those companions

of prophet that met him in person) with correct Tajweed And since the time of Tabeen and Taba

Tabeen till today all the respected Qurras have read Quran with correct Tajweed and the Quran will be

read similarly until Qiyamat (Doomsday)

8

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Qalqalah [Vibration]

Qalqalah [Vibration] literally means unrest Technically it means the vibration of the non-

vowelled sound letter until a strong trembling sound is heard whether the absence of vowel

(sukoon) is original or exposed (Aarid)

The Qalqalah Letters are five They are grouped together in the phrase

ق ط ب ج د ( قطة جذ )

(Qutb Jad) daal geem baa taa qaaf

It is required that the Qalqalah letters be with original or unoriginal sukoon (absence of a

vowel) as a result of making a pause at a qalqalah letter

The lesser degree The lesser degree of Qalqalah [ sughra] is when it occurs in the middle of a word

Example

100 Al-adiyat

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

ؼبص٠بد ا ذبج ض

ع٠بد دبض ل فب

غ١غاد ذبج ص فب

ث ؼبم فأثغ

مؼب ث فأثغؿ ؼب ط ف ج ث

110 ndash An-nasr

فزخ ا إطا جبء صغ هللا عأ٠ذ ابؽ ض ٠ س هللا ف ص٠ اجب أف

9

The moderate degree

The moderate degree of Qalqalah [mutawasita] is when a stop is made on a letter which is not

doubled (without shaddah)

Example

112- Alikhlaas

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

هللا ض أد ل

هللا ض اص

٠ض ض ٠

ا وف ٠ى ض أد

113- Al-Falaq

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

أػط ثغة ف ل ك ا

ب شغ ك س

شغ غبؿك إطا ل ت

شغ افبثبد ف ؼم ض ا

ـ شغ دبؿض إطا د ض

The greater degree

The greater degree of Qalqalah [kubra] is when a stop is made on a doubled letter of qalqalah

Example the Qaaf in

15 ndash Yonus ( 85)

ب إال ذ ث١ ـبػخ ٢ر ك ثب ا إ ب ١خ األعض اد ب ـ ب سمب ا

فخ فبصفخ اص ١ ج ا

21- Al-Anbiaa (112)

ب رصف ػ زؼب ـ ذ لبي عة ادى ا ك ثب د عثب اغ

111- Al-Masad

ر رجذ ٠ضا أث ت ت

10

تسن هللا حين حمه الر الر

Types of Stops 1 Compulsory 2 Permissible 3 Precautionary

4 Prohibited 5 Moderate Pause

Stop Literally means blocking and suspending

Stop Technically means making a voiceless break at a Quranic word for a brief

moment during which the reader takes a breath with the intention of continuing

reading

1 Compulsory The Compulsory Stop is the stop by which the word and meaning give a complete

sense and this is called complete stop because the utterance is complete and is

separated from what follows It is indicated by (meem)

2 Permissible The Permissible Stop is the one at which stopping or continuing is permissible In this

type you can either continue or make a stop In this case either continuing or making

a stop is preferable

2 a Sufficient

The Sufficient Stop is the one in which continuing or stopping is permissible yet

making a stop is preferable It is called sufficient because it can stand by itself

independently of what follows because it is not connected with it in words Its

symbol is ( ل ) Qili

2 b Equality

The Equality Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are equally relevant

Its symbol is ( ج ) (geem)

3619

ؼى لبا طبئغوجغر أئ طو

جغف ـ ل أز ث

11

2 c Good

The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are

permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop

because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)

3618

ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى

3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)

It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop

In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only

Al-Baqarah (22)

4 Prohibited

The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which

does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with

what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is

prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)

12

Al-Marsquoidah (553)

5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a

brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]

Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)

Al-Kahf (18-1)

13

Doubled meem amp Doubled noon

The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled

meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-

vowelled and the second is a vowel

Doubled meem( ( م

The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the

second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem

and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)

The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory

manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts

[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the

letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in

order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters

110 Al-Qaria

اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب

اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف

أ اػ٠ سفذ ب

٠خ فأ ب

14

Doubled noon ( ن )

The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and

the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled

noon and both became one doubled letter

The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with

Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two

counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

(harf ghunnah mushaddad)

1 An-naas 111

د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ

أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل

بؽ ه ا

ا بؽ إ

ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ

ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠

ج ا ا بؽ خ

2 Al-Alaq [96]

ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب

جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ

15

The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )

Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )

Clear ( the rest 26(

The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and

which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping

1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah

that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment

Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation

without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)

غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش

2 As-shams 91-14

ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف

3- Al-Alaq 96-14

٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ

4- Al-Aadiat 100-11

عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠

5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

16

2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with

the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)

literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a

non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter

1 Al-Qadr 97-4

عث غ ثئط أ و

2 Al-Humazah104-8

ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ

3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must

be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means

pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without

ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case

of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the

waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )

Examples

1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666

ػ١ب لؼص إط

2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6

ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856

17

Exercise

Al-feel 105

حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي

و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ

ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

أوي فجؼ وؼصف

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Manifestation (Iz-haar)

ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification

Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation

clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter

a a Guttural Manifestation

18

It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)

These letters are

hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )

haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )

b Absolute Manifestation

The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation

and clarification

Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly

without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is

neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation

occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a

single word

This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan

qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the

rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words

Merging Assimilation Idghaam

Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it

means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled

(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds

a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang

b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang

Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are

six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)

19

ع ي

1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah

Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase

The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و

occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that

this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in

two cases

a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )

b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )

The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an

exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs

Al-Humazah104 2 9

بال غ ص اظ ج ػض

صح ض ف ػ ض

Al-Masad11114

تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب

ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب

Al-Qiyamah75 3

أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4

ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ

22

ئظ ج ٠ بضغح

20

36

ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37

٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40

ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١

2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah

Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and

the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that

this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the

noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing

assimilation because of the stop singe

Al-Ikhlaas1124

٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9

٠ ؼح ؼح ى

Al-Alaq967

آه استغنىر أن

Almulk6715

شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن

Az-Zariat5157

زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

6

-------------------

httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlAudio-lectureshtm

Please download the following software and then install it in your system in order to listen to the lectures You can click her to download Aiwaexezip

Recorded Tajweed Lessons

Lessons are given at Al Quracuteaan Wa Sunnah Islamic Site Of Learning

Join the Internet`s First and No1 Islamic Cyber Community at ALQURAN WA SUNNAH ISLAMIC VOICE CHAT SITE for LEARNING

1 Tajweed9-13)

2 Tajweed9-15)

3 Tajweed9-17)

4 Tajweed9-20) It is repaired and available

5 Tajweed9-22)

6 Tajweed9-24

7 Tajweed9-27

8 Tajweed9-29 AlAraaf(7) 200mdash

9 Tajweed10-01Al-anfaal(8)17-40

10 Tajweed10-05Al-Anfaal(8) 41-56

11 Tajweed10-11Alanfaal(8) 56--

Friday speeches

1 Islam is the religion of Mercy

2 Misconception about the testimony of faith Shahadah

3 Pilgrimage ―Al-Hajj

4 Welcome Ramadan

More recorded lectures for how to recite Quran and your prayers for beginners and also some lessons about Tawheed and science lead to Islam If you are interested Please link to Al-Quran

Wa Sunnah Voice Chat

If you have any question Please contact me at mailtoasmdlfoodsciuassedu Assem Abolmaaty Sayedahmed

September 16 2004

--------------

7

httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlTajweedhtm httpabcsofarabictripodcomindividuallettershtm

Contents

Audio lectures Including Khutbah and Tajweed lessons

How to pronounce the Arabic letters The importance of Recitation Rules

Reading bismillah and Aoozobellah

Vibration Rules (Qalqalah) Types of stops

Noon and meem Mushadadah (doubled) Non Vowel Meem Meem Sakina Rules

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

1 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 2 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules

3 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 4 changing Iqlaab Rules

lengthening Rules Madd Rules

Non vowel Laam

Types of Hamzah

The importance of Recitation Rules

Allah (SWT) says in the Quran And read the Quran in slow measured rhythmic tone Verily

We have revealed an Arabic Quran Those people whom We have given the Book recite it the way it

should be recited They are the ones who believe in it (Quran 2121) It is obvious from above

mentioned verse that it is important to read Quran clearly and is compulsory Farz-i-Ain If only one

verse mentions this order it should be sufficient for that order to be true Reciting the Quran consists of

two parts Tarteel and Tajweed Tarteel means to read the Quran slowly and Tajweed deals with correct

pronunciation Tarteel and Tajweed consist of two parts Tajweed-ul-Huroof - that letter should be read

with correct pronunciation And the other Marifat-ul-Wuquf - that one should know where to break pause

or stop during recitation Without these two things recitation of Quran is not correct therefore it is

important to do these correctly Without completing these two a person is not a correct reader of Quran

and will not be given certificate of Tajweed Similarly many Hadeith prove it to be necessary to read

Quran correctly and the Quran was revealed with correct Tajweed The Prophet Muhammad also

read Quran with correct Tajweed and ordered others to do so He taught Sahaba (RDH - those companions

of prophet that met him in person) with correct Tajweed And since the time of Tabeen and Taba

Tabeen till today all the respected Qurras have read Quran with correct Tajweed and the Quran will be

read similarly until Qiyamat (Doomsday)

8

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Qalqalah [Vibration]

Qalqalah [Vibration] literally means unrest Technically it means the vibration of the non-

vowelled sound letter until a strong trembling sound is heard whether the absence of vowel

(sukoon) is original or exposed (Aarid)

The Qalqalah Letters are five They are grouped together in the phrase

ق ط ب ج د ( قطة جذ )

(Qutb Jad) daal geem baa taa qaaf

It is required that the Qalqalah letters be with original or unoriginal sukoon (absence of a

vowel) as a result of making a pause at a qalqalah letter

The lesser degree The lesser degree of Qalqalah [ sughra] is when it occurs in the middle of a word

Example

100 Al-adiyat

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

ؼبص٠بد ا ذبج ض

ع٠بد دبض ل فب

غ١غاد ذبج ص فب

ث ؼبم فأثغ

مؼب ث فأثغؿ ؼب ط ف ج ث

110 ndash An-nasr

فزخ ا إطا جبء صغ هللا عأ٠ذ ابؽ ض ٠ س هللا ف ص٠ اجب أف

9

The moderate degree

The moderate degree of Qalqalah [mutawasita] is when a stop is made on a letter which is not

doubled (without shaddah)

Example

112- Alikhlaas

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

هللا ض أد ل

هللا ض اص

٠ض ض ٠

ا وف ٠ى ض أد

113- Al-Falaq

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

أػط ثغة ف ل ك ا

ب شغ ك س

شغ غبؿك إطا ل ت

شغ افبثبد ف ؼم ض ا

ـ شغ دبؿض إطا د ض

The greater degree

The greater degree of Qalqalah [kubra] is when a stop is made on a doubled letter of qalqalah

Example the Qaaf in

15 ndash Yonus ( 85)

ب إال ذ ث١ ـبػخ ٢ر ك ثب ا إ ب ١خ األعض اد ب ـ ب سمب ا

فخ فبصفخ اص ١ ج ا

21- Al-Anbiaa (112)

ب رصف ػ زؼب ـ ذ لبي عة ادى ا ك ثب د عثب اغ

111- Al-Masad

ر رجذ ٠ضا أث ت ت

10

تسن هللا حين حمه الر الر

Types of Stops 1 Compulsory 2 Permissible 3 Precautionary

4 Prohibited 5 Moderate Pause

Stop Literally means blocking and suspending

Stop Technically means making a voiceless break at a Quranic word for a brief

moment during which the reader takes a breath with the intention of continuing

reading

1 Compulsory The Compulsory Stop is the stop by which the word and meaning give a complete

sense and this is called complete stop because the utterance is complete and is

separated from what follows It is indicated by (meem)

2 Permissible The Permissible Stop is the one at which stopping or continuing is permissible In this

type you can either continue or make a stop In this case either continuing or making

a stop is preferable

2 a Sufficient

The Sufficient Stop is the one in which continuing or stopping is permissible yet

making a stop is preferable It is called sufficient because it can stand by itself

independently of what follows because it is not connected with it in words Its

symbol is ( ل ) Qili

2 b Equality

The Equality Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are equally relevant

Its symbol is ( ج ) (geem)

3619

ؼى لبا طبئغوجغر أئ طو

جغف ـ ل أز ث

11

2 c Good

The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are

permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop

because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)

3618

ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى

3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)

It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop

In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only

Al-Baqarah (22)

4 Prohibited

The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which

does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with

what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is

prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)

12

Al-Marsquoidah (553)

5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a

brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]

Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)

Al-Kahf (18-1)

13

Doubled meem amp Doubled noon

The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled

meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-

vowelled and the second is a vowel

Doubled meem( ( م

The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the

second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem

and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)

The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory

manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts

[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the

letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in

order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters

110 Al-Qaria

اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب

اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف

أ اػ٠ سفذ ب

٠خ فأ ب

14

Doubled noon ( ن )

The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and

the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled

noon and both became one doubled letter

The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with

Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two

counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

(harf ghunnah mushaddad)

1 An-naas 111

د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ

أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل

بؽ ه ا

ا بؽ إ

ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ

ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠

ج ا ا بؽ خ

2 Al-Alaq [96]

ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب

جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ

15

The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )

Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )

Clear ( the rest 26(

The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and

which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping

1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah

that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment

Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation

without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)

غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش

2 As-shams 91-14

ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف

3- Al-Alaq 96-14

٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ

4- Al-Aadiat 100-11

عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠

5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

16

2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with

the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)

literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a

non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter

1 Al-Qadr 97-4

عث غ ثئط أ و

2 Al-Humazah104-8

ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ

3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must

be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means

pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without

ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case

of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the

waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )

Examples

1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666

ػ١ب لؼص إط

2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6

ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856

17

Exercise

Al-feel 105

حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي

و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ

ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

أوي فجؼ وؼصف

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Manifestation (Iz-haar)

ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification

Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation

clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter

a a Guttural Manifestation

18

It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)

These letters are

hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )

haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )

b Absolute Manifestation

The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation

and clarification

Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly

without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is

neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation

occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a

single word

This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan

qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the

rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words

Merging Assimilation Idghaam

Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it

means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled

(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds

a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang

b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang

Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are

six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)

19

ع ي

1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah

Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase

The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و

occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that

this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in

two cases

a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )

b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )

The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an

exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs

Al-Humazah104 2 9

بال غ ص اظ ج ػض

صح ض ف ػ ض

Al-Masad11114

تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب

ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب

Al-Qiyamah75 3

أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4

ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ

22

ئظ ج ٠ بضغح

20

36

ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37

٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40

ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١

2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah

Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and

the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that

this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the

noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing

assimilation because of the stop singe

Al-Ikhlaas1124

٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9

٠ ؼح ؼح ى

Al-Alaq967

آه استغنىر أن

Almulk6715

شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن

Az-Zariat5157

زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

7

httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlTajweedhtm httpabcsofarabictripodcomindividuallettershtm

Contents

Audio lectures Including Khutbah and Tajweed lessons

How to pronounce the Arabic letters The importance of Recitation Rules

Reading bismillah and Aoozobellah

Vibration Rules (Qalqalah) Types of stops

Noon and meem Mushadadah (doubled) Non Vowel Meem Meem Sakina Rules

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

1 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 2 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules

3 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 4 changing Iqlaab Rules

lengthening Rules Madd Rules

Non vowel Laam

Types of Hamzah

The importance of Recitation Rules

Allah (SWT) says in the Quran And read the Quran in slow measured rhythmic tone Verily

We have revealed an Arabic Quran Those people whom We have given the Book recite it the way it

should be recited They are the ones who believe in it (Quran 2121) It is obvious from above

mentioned verse that it is important to read Quran clearly and is compulsory Farz-i-Ain If only one

verse mentions this order it should be sufficient for that order to be true Reciting the Quran consists of

two parts Tarteel and Tajweed Tarteel means to read the Quran slowly and Tajweed deals with correct

pronunciation Tarteel and Tajweed consist of two parts Tajweed-ul-Huroof - that letter should be read

with correct pronunciation And the other Marifat-ul-Wuquf - that one should know where to break pause

or stop during recitation Without these two things recitation of Quran is not correct therefore it is

important to do these correctly Without completing these two a person is not a correct reader of Quran

and will not be given certificate of Tajweed Similarly many Hadeith prove it to be necessary to read

Quran correctly and the Quran was revealed with correct Tajweed The Prophet Muhammad also

read Quran with correct Tajweed and ordered others to do so He taught Sahaba (RDH - those companions

of prophet that met him in person) with correct Tajweed And since the time of Tabeen and Taba

Tabeen till today all the respected Qurras have read Quran with correct Tajweed and the Quran will be

read similarly until Qiyamat (Doomsday)

8

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Qalqalah [Vibration]

Qalqalah [Vibration] literally means unrest Technically it means the vibration of the non-

vowelled sound letter until a strong trembling sound is heard whether the absence of vowel

(sukoon) is original or exposed (Aarid)

The Qalqalah Letters are five They are grouped together in the phrase

ق ط ب ج د ( قطة جذ )

(Qutb Jad) daal geem baa taa qaaf

It is required that the Qalqalah letters be with original or unoriginal sukoon (absence of a

vowel) as a result of making a pause at a qalqalah letter

The lesser degree The lesser degree of Qalqalah [ sughra] is when it occurs in the middle of a word

Example

100 Al-adiyat

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

ؼبص٠بد ا ذبج ض

ع٠بد دبض ل فب

غ١غاد ذبج ص فب

ث ؼبم فأثغ

مؼب ث فأثغؿ ؼب ط ف ج ث

110 ndash An-nasr

فزخ ا إطا جبء صغ هللا عأ٠ذ ابؽ ض ٠ س هللا ف ص٠ اجب أف

9

The moderate degree

The moderate degree of Qalqalah [mutawasita] is when a stop is made on a letter which is not

doubled (without shaddah)

Example

112- Alikhlaas

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

هللا ض أد ل

هللا ض اص

٠ض ض ٠

ا وف ٠ى ض أد

113- Al-Falaq

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

أػط ثغة ف ل ك ا

ب شغ ك س

شغ غبؿك إطا ل ت

شغ افبثبد ف ؼم ض ا

ـ شغ دبؿض إطا د ض

The greater degree

The greater degree of Qalqalah [kubra] is when a stop is made on a doubled letter of qalqalah

Example the Qaaf in

15 ndash Yonus ( 85)

ب إال ذ ث١ ـبػخ ٢ر ك ثب ا إ ب ١خ األعض اد ب ـ ب سمب ا

فخ فبصفخ اص ١ ج ا

21- Al-Anbiaa (112)

ب رصف ػ زؼب ـ ذ لبي عة ادى ا ك ثب د عثب اغ

111- Al-Masad

ر رجذ ٠ضا أث ت ت

10

تسن هللا حين حمه الر الر

Types of Stops 1 Compulsory 2 Permissible 3 Precautionary

4 Prohibited 5 Moderate Pause

Stop Literally means blocking and suspending

Stop Technically means making a voiceless break at a Quranic word for a brief

moment during which the reader takes a breath with the intention of continuing

reading

1 Compulsory The Compulsory Stop is the stop by which the word and meaning give a complete

sense and this is called complete stop because the utterance is complete and is

separated from what follows It is indicated by (meem)

2 Permissible The Permissible Stop is the one at which stopping or continuing is permissible In this

type you can either continue or make a stop In this case either continuing or making

a stop is preferable

2 a Sufficient

The Sufficient Stop is the one in which continuing or stopping is permissible yet

making a stop is preferable It is called sufficient because it can stand by itself

independently of what follows because it is not connected with it in words Its

symbol is ( ل ) Qili

2 b Equality

The Equality Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are equally relevant

Its symbol is ( ج ) (geem)

3619

ؼى لبا طبئغوجغر أئ طو

جغف ـ ل أز ث

11

2 c Good

The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are

permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop

because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)

3618

ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى

3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)

It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop

In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only

Al-Baqarah (22)

4 Prohibited

The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which

does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with

what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is

prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)

12

Al-Marsquoidah (553)

5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a

brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]

Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)

Al-Kahf (18-1)

13

Doubled meem amp Doubled noon

The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled

meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-

vowelled and the second is a vowel

Doubled meem( ( م

The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the

second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem

and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)

The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory

manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts

[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the

letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in

order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters

110 Al-Qaria

اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب

اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف

أ اػ٠ سفذ ب

٠خ فأ ب

14

Doubled noon ( ن )

The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and

the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled

noon and both became one doubled letter

The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with

Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two

counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

(harf ghunnah mushaddad)

1 An-naas 111

د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ

أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل

بؽ ه ا

ا بؽ إ

ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ

ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠

ج ا ا بؽ خ

2 Al-Alaq [96]

ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب

جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ

15

The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )

Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )

Clear ( the rest 26(

The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and

which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping

1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah

that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment

Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation

without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)

غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش

2 As-shams 91-14

ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف

3- Al-Alaq 96-14

٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ

4- Al-Aadiat 100-11

عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠

5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

16

2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with

the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)

literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a

non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter

1 Al-Qadr 97-4

عث غ ثئط أ و

2 Al-Humazah104-8

ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ

3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must

be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means

pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without

ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case

of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the

waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )

Examples

1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666

ػ١ب لؼص إط

2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6

ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856

17

Exercise

Al-feel 105

حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي

و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ

ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

أوي فجؼ وؼصف

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Manifestation (Iz-haar)

ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification

Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation

clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter

a a Guttural Manifestation

18

It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)

These letters are

hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )

haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )

b Absolute Manifestation

The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation

and clarification

Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly

without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is

neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation

occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a

single word

This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan

qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the

rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words

Merging Assimilation Idghaam

Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it

means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled

(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds

a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang

b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang

Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are

six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)

19

ع ي

1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah

Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase

The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و

occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that

this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in

two cases

a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )

b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )

The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an

exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs

Al-Humazah104 2 9

بال غ ص اظ ج ػض

صح ض ف ػ ض

Al-Masad11114

تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب

ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب

Al-Qiyamah75 3

أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4

ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ

22

ئظ ج ٠ بضغح

20

36

ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37

٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40

ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١

2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah

Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and

the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that

this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the

noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing

assimilation because of the stop singe

Al-Ikhlaas1124

٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9

٠ ؼح ؼح ى

Al-Alaq967

آه استغنىر أن

Almulk6715

شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن

Az-Zariat5157

زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

8

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Qalqalah [Vibration]

Qalqalah [Vibration] literally means unrest Technically it means the vibration of the non-

vowelled sound letter until a strong trembling sound is heard whether the absence of vowel

(sukoon) is original or exposed (Aarid)

The Qalqalah Letters are five They are grouped together in the phrase

ق ط ب ج د ( قطة جذ )

(Qutb Jad) daal geem baa taa qaaf

It is required that the Qalqalah letters be with original or unoriginal sukoon (absence of a

vowel) as a result of making a pause at a qalqalah letter

The lesser degree The lesser degree of Qalqalah [ sughra] is when it occurs in the middle of a word

Example

100 Al-adiyat

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

ؼبص٠بد ا ذبج ض

ع٠بد دبض ل فب

غ١غاد ذبج ص فب

ث ؼبم فأثغ

مؼب ث فأثغؿ ؼب ط ف ج ث

110 ndash An-nasr

فزخ ا إطا جبء صغ هللا عأ٠ذ ابؽ ض ٠ س هللا ف ص٠ اجب أف

9

The moderate degree

The moderate degree of Qalqalah [mutawasita] is when a stop is made on a letter which is not

doubled (without shaddah)

Example

112- Alikhlaas

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

هللا ض أد ل

هللا ض اص

٠ض ض ٠

ا وف ٠ى ض أد

113- Al-Falaq

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

أػط ثغة ف ل ك ا

ب شغ ك س

شغ غبؿك إطا ل ت

شغ افبثبد ف ؼم ض ا

ـ شغ دبؿض إطا د ض

The greater degree

The greater degree of Qalqalah [kubra] is when a stop is made on a doubled letter of qalqalah

Example the Qaaf in

15 ndash Yonus ( 85)

ب إال ذ ث١ ـبػخ ٢ر ك ثب ا إ ب ١خ األعض اد ب ـ ب سمب ا

فخ فبصفخ اص ١ ج ا

21- Al-Anbiaa (112)

ب رصف ػ زؼب ـ ذ لبي عة ادى ا ك ثب د عثب اغ

111- Al-Masad

ر رجذ ٠ضا أث ت ت

10

تسن هللا حين حمه الر الر

Types of Stops 1 Compulsory 2 Permissible 3 Precautionary

4 Prohibited 5 Moderate Pause

Stop Literally means blocking and suspending

Stop Technically means making a voiceless break at a Quranic word for a brief

moment during which the reader takes a breath with the intention of continuing

reading

1 Compulsory The Compulsory Stop is the stop by which the word and meaning give a complete

sense and this is called complete stop because the utterance is complete and is

separated from what follows It is indicated by (meem)

2 Permissible The Permissible Stop is the one at which stopping or continuing is permissible In this

type you can either continue or make a stop In this case either continuing or making

a stop is preferable

2 a Sufficient

The Sufficient Stop is the one in which continuing or stopping is permissible yet

making a stop is preferable It is called sufficient because it can stand by itself

independently of what follows because it is not connected with it in words Its

symbol is ( ل ) Qili

2 b Equality

The Equality Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are equally relevant

Its symbol is ( ج ) (geem)

3619

ؼى لبا طبئغوجغر أئ طو

جغف ـ ل أز ث

11

2 c Good

The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are

permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop

because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)

3618

ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى

3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)

It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop

In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only

Al-Baqarah (22)

4 Prohibited

The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which

does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with

what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is

prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)

12

Al-Marsquoidah (553)

5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a

brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]

Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)

Al-Kahf (18-1)

13

Doubled meem amp Doubled noon

The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled

meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-

vowelled and the second is a vowel

Doubled meem( ( م

The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the

second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem

and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)

The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory

manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts

[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the

letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in

order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters

110 Al-Qaria

اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب

اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف

أ اػ٠ سفذ ب

٠خ فأ ب

14

Doubled noon ( ن )

The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and

the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled

noon and both became one doubled letter

The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with

Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two

counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

(harf ghunnah mushaddad)

1 An-naas 111

د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ

أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل

بؽ ه ا

ا بؽ إ

ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ

ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠

ج ا ا بؽ خ

2 Al-Alaq [96]

ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب

جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ

15

The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )

Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )

Clear ( the rest 26(

The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and

which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping

1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah

that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment

Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation

without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)

غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش

2 As-shams 91-14

ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف

3- Al-Alaq 96-14

٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ

4- Al-Aadiat 100-11

عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠

5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

16

2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with

the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)

literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a

non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter

1 Al-Qadr 97-4

عث غ ثئط أ و

2 Al-Humazah104-8

ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ

3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must

be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means

pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without

ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case

of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the

waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )

Examples

1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666

ػ١ب لؼص إط

2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6

ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856

17

Exercise

Al-feel 105

حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي

و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ

ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

أوي فجؼ وؼصف

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Manifestation (Iz-haar)

ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification

Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation

clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter

a a Guttural Manifestation

18

It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)

These letters are

hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )

haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )

b Absolute Manifestation

The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation

and clarification

Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly

without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is

neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation

occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a

single word

This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan

qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the

rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words

Merging Assimilation Idghaam

Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it

means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled

(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds

a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang

b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang

Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are

six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)

19

ع ي

1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah

Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase

The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و

occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that

this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in

two cases

a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )

b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )

The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an

exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs

Al-Humazah104 2 9

بال غ ص اظ ج ػض

صح ض ف ػ ض

Al-Masad11114

تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب

ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب

Al-Qiyamah75 3

أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4

ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ

22

ئظ ج ٠ بضغح

20

36

ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37

٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40

ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١

2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah

Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and

the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that

this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the

noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing

assimilation because of the stop singe

Al-Ikhlaas1124

٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9

٠ ؼح ؼح ى

Al-Alaq967

آه استغنىر أن

Almulk6715

شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن

Az-Zariat5157

زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

9

The moderate degree

The moderate degree of Qalqalah [mutawasita] is when a stop is made on a letter which is not

doubled (without shaddah)

Example

112- Alikhlaas

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

هللا ض أد ل

هللا ض اص

٠ض ض ٠

ا وف ٠ى ض أد

113- Al-Falaq

د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث

أػط ثغة ف ل ك ا

ب شغ ك س

شغ غبؿك إطا ل ت

شغ افبثبد ف ؼم ض ا

ـ شغ دبؿض إطا د ض

The greater degree

The greater degree of Qalqalah [kubra] is when a stop is made on a doubled letter of qalqalah

Example the Qaaf in

15 ndash Yonus ( 85)

ب إال ذ ث١ ـبػخ ٢ر ك ثب ا إ ب ١خ األعض اد ب ـ ب سمب ا

فخ فبصفخ اص ١ ج ا

21- Al-Anbiaa (112)

ب رصف ػ زؼب ـ ذ لبي عة ادى ا ك ثب د عثب اغ

111- Al-Masad

ر رجذ ٠ضا أث ت ت

10

تسن هللا حين حمه الر الر

Types of Stops 1 Compulsory 2 Permissible 3 Precautionary

4 Prohibited 5 Moderate Pause

Stop Literally means blocking and suspending

Stop Technically means making a voiceless break at a Quranic word for a brief

moment during which the reader takes a breath with the intention of continuing

reading

1 Compulsory The Compulsory Stop is the stop by which the word and meaning give a complete

sense and this is called complete stop because the utterance is complete and is

separated from what follows It is indicated by (meem)

2 Permissible The Permissible Stop is the one at which stopping or continuing is permissible In this

type you can either continue or make a stop In this case either continuing or making

a stop is preferable

2 a Sufficient

The Sufficient Stop is the one in which continuing or stopping is permissible yet

making a stop is preferable It is called sufficient because it can stand by itself

independently of what follows because it is not connected with it in words Its

symbol is ( ل ) Qili

2 b Equality

The Equality Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are equally relevant

Its symbol is ( ج ) (geem)

3619

ؼى لبا طبئغوجغر أئ طو

جغف ـ ل أز ث

11

2 c Good

The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are

permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop

because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)

3618

ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى

3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)

It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop

In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only

Al-Baqarah (22)

4 Prohibited

The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which

does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with

what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is

prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)

12

Al-Marsquoidah (553)

5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a

brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]

Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)

Al-Kahf (18-1)

13

Doubled meem amp Doubled noon

The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled

meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-

vowelled and the second is a vowel

Doubled meem( ( م

The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the

second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem

and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)

The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory

manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts

[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the

letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in

order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters

110 Al-Qaria

اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب

اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف

أ اػ٠ سفذ ب

٠خ فأ ب

14

Doubled noon ( ن )

The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and

the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled

noon and both became one doubled letter

The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with

Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two

counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

(harf ghunnah mushaddad)

1 An-naas 111

د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ

أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل

بؽ ه ا

ا بؽ إ

ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ

ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠

ج ا ا بؽ خ

2 Al-Alaq [96]

ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب

جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ

15

The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )

Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )

Clear ( the rest 26(

The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and

which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping

1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah

that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment

Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation

without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)

غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش

2 As-shams 91-14

ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف

3- Al-Alaq 96-14

٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ

4- Al-Aadiat 100-11

عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠

5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

16

2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with

the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)

literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a

non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter

1 Al-Qadr 97-4

عث غ ثئط أ و

2 Al-Humazah104-8

ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ

3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must

be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means

pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without

ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case

of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the

waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )

Examples

1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666

ػ١ب لؼص إط

2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6

ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856

17

Exercise

Al-feel 105

حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي

و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ

ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

أوي فجؼ وؼصف

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Manifestation (Iz-haar)

ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification

Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation

clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter

a a Guttural Manifestation

18

It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)

These letters are

hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )

haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )

b Absolute Manifestation

The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation

and clarification

Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly

without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is

neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation

occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a

single word

This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan

qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the

rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words

Merging Assimilation Idghaam

Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it

means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled

(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds

a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang

b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang

Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are

six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)

19

ع ي

1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah

Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase

The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و

occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that

this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in

two cases

a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )

b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )

The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an

exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs

Al-Humazah104 2 9

بال غ ص اظ ج ػض

صح ض ف ػ ض

Al-Masad11114

تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب

ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب

Al-Qiyamah75 3

أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4

ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ

22

ئظ ج ٠ بضغح

20

36

ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37

٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40

ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١

2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah

Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and

the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that

this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the

noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing

assimilation because of the stop singe

Al-Ikhlaas1124

٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9

٠ ؼح ؼح ى

Al-Alaq967

آه استغنىر أن

Almulk6715

شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن

Az-Zariat5157

زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

10

تسن هللا حين حمه الر الر

Types of Stops 1 Compulsory 2 Permissible 3 Precautionary

4 Prohibited 5 Moderate Pause

Stop Literally means blocking and suspending

Stop Technically means making a voiceless break at a Quranic word for a brief

moment during which the reader takes a breath with the intention of continuing

reading

1 Compulsory The Compulsory Stop is the stop by which the word and meaning give a complete

sense and this is called complete stop because the utterance is complete and is

separated from what follows It is indicated by (meem)

2 Permissible The Permissible Stop is the one at which stopping or continuing is permissible In this

type you can either continue or make a stop In this case either continuing or making

a stop is preferable

2 a Sufficient

The Sufficient Stop is the one in which continuing or stopping is permissible yet

making a stop is preferable It is called sufficient because it can stand by itself

independently of what follows because it is not connected with it in words Its

symbol is ( ل ) Qili

2 b Equality

The Equality Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are equally relevant

Its symbol is ( ج ) (geem)

3619

ؼى لبا طبئغوجغر أئ طو

جغف ـ ل أز ث

11

2 c Good

The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are

permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop

because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)

3618

ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى

3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)

It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop

In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only

Al-Baqarah (22)

4 Prohibited

The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which

does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with

what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is

prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)

12

Al-Marsquoidah (553)

5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a

brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]

Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)

Al-Kahf (18-1)

13

Doubled meem amp Doubled noon

The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled

meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-

vowelled and the second is a vowel

Doubled meem( ( م

The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the

second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem

and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)

The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory

manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts

[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the

letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in

order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters

110 Al-Qaria

اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب

اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف

أ اػ٠ سفذ ب

٠خ فأ ب

14

Doubled noon ( ن )

The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and

the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled

noon and both became one doubled letter

The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with

Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two

counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

(harf ghunnah mushaddad)

1 An-naas 111

د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ

أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل

بؽ ه ا

ا بؽ إ

ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ

ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠

ج ا ا بؽ خ

2 Al-Alaq [96]

ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب

جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ

15

The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )

Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )

Clear ( the rest 26(

The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and

which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping

1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah

that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment

Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation

without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)

غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش

2 As-shams 91-14

ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف

3- Al-Alaq 96-14

٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ

4- Al-Aadiat 100-11

عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠

5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

16

2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with

the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)

literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a

non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter

1 Al-Qadr 97-4

عث غ ثئط أ و

2 Al-Humazah104-8

ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ

3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must

be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means

pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without

ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case

of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the

waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )

Examples

1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666

ػ١ب لؼص إط

2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6

ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856

17

Exercise

Al-feel 105

حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي

و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ

ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

أوي فجؼ وؼصف

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Manifestation (Iz-haar)

ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification

Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation

clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter

a a Guttural Manifestation

18

It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)

These letters are

hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )

haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )

b Absolute Manifestation

The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation

and clarification

Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly

without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is

neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation

occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a

single word

This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan

qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the

rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words

Merging Assimilation Idghaam

Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it

means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled

(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds

a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang

b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang

Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are

six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)

19

ع ي

1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah

Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase

The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و

occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that

this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in

two cases

a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )

b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )

The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an

exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs

Al-Humazah104 2 9

بال غ ص اظ ج ػض

صح ض ف ػ ض

Al-Masad11114

تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب

ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب

Al-Qiyamah75 3

أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4

ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ

22

ئظ ج ٠ بضغح

20

36

ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37

٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40

ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١

2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah

Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and

the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that

this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the

noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing

assimilation because of the stop singe

Al-Ikhlaas1124

٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9

٠ ؼح ؼح ى

Al-Alaq967

آه استغنىر أن

Almulk6715

شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن

Az-Zariat5157

زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

11

2 c Good

The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are

permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop

because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)

3618

ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى

3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)

It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop

In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only

Al-Baqarah (22)

4 Prohibited

The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which

does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with

what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is

prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)

12

Al-Marsquoidah (553)

5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a

brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]

Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)

Al-Kahf (18-1)

13

Doubled meem amp Doubled noon

The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled

meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-

vowelled and the second is a vowel

Doubled meem( ( م

The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the

second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem

and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)

The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory

manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts

[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the

letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in

order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters

110 Al-Qaria

اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب

اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف

أ اػ٠ سفذ ب

٠خ فأ ب

14

Doubled noon ( ن )

The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and

the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled

noon and both became one doubled letter

The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with

Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two

counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

(harf ghunnah mushaddad)

1 An-naas 111

د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ

أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل

بؽ ه ا

ا بؽ إ

ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ

ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠

ج ا ا بؽ خ

2 Al-Alaq [96]

ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب

جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ

15

The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )

Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )

Clear ( the rest 26(

The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and

which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping

1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah

that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment

Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation

without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)

غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش

2 As-shams 91-14

ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف

3- Al-Alaq 96-14

٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ

4- Al-Aadiat 100-11

عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠

5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

16

2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with

the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)

literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a

non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter

1 Al-Qadr 97-4

عث غ ثئط أ و

2 Al-Humazah104-8

ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ

3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must

be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means

pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without

ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case

of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the

waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )

Examples

1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666

ػ١ب لؼص إط

2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6

ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856

17

Exercise

Al-feel 105

حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي

و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ

ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

أوي فجؼ وؼصف

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Manifestation (Iz-haar)

ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification

Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation

clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter

a a Guttural Manifestation

18

It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)

These letters are

hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )

haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )

b Absolute Manifestation

The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation

and clarification

Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly

without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is

neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation

occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a

single word

This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan

qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the

rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words

Merging Assimilation Idghaam

Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it

means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled

(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds

a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang

b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang

Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are

six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)

19

ع ي

1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah

Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase

The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و

occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that

this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in

two cases

a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )

b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )

The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an

exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs

Al-Humazah104 2 9

بال غ ص اظ ج ػض

صح ض ف ػ ض

Al-Masad11114

تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب

ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب

Al-Qiyamah75 3

أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4

ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ

22

ئظ ج ٠ بضغح

20

36

ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37

٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40

ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١

2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah

Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and

the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that

this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the

noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing

assimilation because of the stop singe

Al-Ikhlaas1124

٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9

٠ ؼح ؼح ى

Al-Alaq967

آه استغنىر أن

Almulk6715

شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن

Az-Zariat5157

زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

12

Al-Marsquoidah (553)

5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a

brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]

Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)

Al-Kahf (18-1)

13

Doubled meem amp Doubled noon

The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled

meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-

vowelled and the second is a vowel

Doubled meem( ( م

The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the

second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem

and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)

The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory

manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts

[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the

letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in

order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters

110 Al-Qaria

اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب

اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف

أ اػ٠ سفذ ب

٠خ فأ ب

14

Doubled noon ( ن )

The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and

the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled

noon and both became one doubled letter

The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with

Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two

counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

(harf ghunnah mushaddad)

1 An-naas 111

د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ

أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل

بؽ ه ا

ا بؽ إ

ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ

ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠

ج ا ا بؽ خ

2 Al-Alaq [96]

ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب

جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ

15

The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )

Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )

Clear ( the rest 26(

The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and

which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping

1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah

that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment

Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation

without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)

غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش

2 As-shams 91-14

ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف

3- Al-Alaq 96-14

٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ

4- Al-Aadiat 100-11

عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠

5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

16

2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with

the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)

literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a

non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter

1 Al-Qadr 97-4

عث غ ثئط أ و

2 Al-Humazah104-8

ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ

3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must

be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means

pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without

ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case

of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the

waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )

Examples

1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666

ػ١ب لؼص إط

2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6

ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856

17

Exercise

Al-feel 105

حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي

و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ

ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

أوي فجؼ وؼصف

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Manifestation (Iz-haar)

ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification

Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation

clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter

a a Guttural Manifestation

18

It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)

These letters are

hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )

haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )

b Absolute Manifestation

The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation

and clarification

Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly

without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is

neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation

occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a

single word

This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan

qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the

rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words

Merging Assimilation Idghaam

Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it

means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled

(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds

a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang

b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang

Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are

six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)

19

ع ي

1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah

Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase

The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و

occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that

this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in

two cases

a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )

b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )

The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an

exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs

Al-Humazah104 2 9

بال غ ص اظ ج ػض

صح ض ف ػ ض

Al-Masad11114

تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب

ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب

Al-Qiyamah75 3

أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4

ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ

22

ئظ ج ٠ بضغح

20

36

ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37

٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40

ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١

2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah

Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and

the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that

this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the

noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing

assimilation because of the stop singe

Al-Ikhlaas1124

٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9

٠ ؼح ؼح ى

Al-Alaq967

آه استغنىر أن

Almulk6715

شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن

Az-Zariat5157

زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

13

Doubled meem amp Doubled noon

The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled

meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-

vowelled and the second is a vowel

Doubled meem( ( م

The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the

second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem

and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)

The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory

manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts

[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the

letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in

order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters

110 Al-Qaria

اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب

اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف

أ اػ٠ سفذ ب

٠خ فأ ب

14

Doubled noon ( ن )

The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and

the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled

noon and both became one doubled letter

The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with

Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two

counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

(harf ghunnah mushaddad)

1 An-naas 111

د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ

أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل

بؽ ه ا

ا بؽ إ

ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ

ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠

ج ا ا بؽ خ

2 Al-Alaq [96]

ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب

جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ

15

The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )

Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )

Clear ( the rest 26(

The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and

which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping

1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah

that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment

Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation

without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)

غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش

2 As-shams 91-14

ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف

3- Al-Alaq 96-14

٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ

4- Al-Aadiat 100-11

عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠

5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

16

2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with

the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)

literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a

non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter

1 Al-Qadr 97-4

عث غ ثئط أ و

2 Al-Humazah104-8

ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ

3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must

be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means

pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without

ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case

of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the

waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )

Examples

1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666

ػ١ب لؼص إط

2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6

ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856

17

Exercise

Al-feel 105

حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي

و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ

ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

أوي فجؼ وؼصف

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Manifestation (Iz-haar)

ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification

Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation

clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter

a a Guttural Manifestation

18

It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)

These letters are

hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )

haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )

b Absolute Manifestation

The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation

and clarification

Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly

without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is

neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation

occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a

single word

This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan

qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the

rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words

Merging Assimilation Idghaam

Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it

means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled

(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds

a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang

b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang

Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are

six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)

19

ع ي

1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah

Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase

The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و

occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that

this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in

two cases

a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )

b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )

The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an

exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs

Al-Humazah104 2 9

بال غ ص اظ ج ػض

صح ض ف ػ ض

Al-Masad11114

تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب

ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب

Al-Qiyamah75 3

أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4

ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ

22

ئظ ج ٠ بضغح

20

36

ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37

٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40

ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١

2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah

Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and

the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that

this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the

noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing

assimilation because of the stop singe

Al-Ikhlaas1124

٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9

٠ ؼح ؼح ى

Al-Alaq967

آه استغنىر أن

Almulk6715

شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن

Az-Zariat5157

زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

14

Doubled noon ( ن )

The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and

the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled

noon and both became one doubled letter

The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with

Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two

counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah

(harf ghunnah mushaddad)

1 An-naas 111

د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ

أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل

بؽ ه ا

ا بؽ إ

ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ

ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠

ج ا ا بؽ خ

2 Al-Alaq [96]

ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب

جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ

15

The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )

Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )

Clear ( the rest 26(

The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and

which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping

1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah

that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment

Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation

without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)

غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش

2 As-shams 91-14

ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف

3- Al-Alaq 96-14

٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ

4- Al-Aadiat 100-11

عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠

5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

16

2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with

the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)

literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a

non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter

1 Al-Qadr 97-4

عث غ ثئط أ و

2 Al-Humazah104-8

ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ

3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must

be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means

pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without

ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case

of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the

waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )

Examples

1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666

ػ١ب لؼص إط

2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6

ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856

17

Exercise

Al-feel 105

حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي

و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ

ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

أوي فجؼ وؼصف

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Manifestation (Iz-haar)

ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification

Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation

clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter

a a Guttural Manifestation

18

It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)

These letters are

hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )

haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )

b Absolute Manifestation

The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation

and clarification

Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly

without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is

neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation

occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a

single word

This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan

qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the

rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words

Merging Assimilation Idghaam

Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it

means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled

(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds

a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang

b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang

Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are

six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)

19

ع ي

1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah

Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase

The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و

occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that

this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in

two cases

a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )

b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )

The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an

exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs

Al-Humazah104 2 9

بال غ ص اظ ج ػض

صح ض ف ػ ض

Al-Masad11114

تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب

ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب

Al-Qiyamah75 3

أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4

ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ

22

ئظ ج ٠ بضغح

20

36

ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37

٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40

ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١

2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah

Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and

the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that

this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the

noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing

assimilation because of the stop singe

Al-Ikhlaas1124

٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9

٠ ؼح ؼح ى

Al-Alaq967

آه استغنىر أن

Almulk6715

شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن

Az-Zariat5157

زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

15

The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )

Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )

Clear ( the rest 26(

The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and

which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping

1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah

that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment

Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation

without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)

غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش

2 As-shams 91-14

ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف

3- Al-Alaq 96-14

٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ

4- Al-Aadiat 100-11

عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠

5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

16

2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with

the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)

literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a

non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter

1 Al-Qadr 97-4

عث غ ثئط أ و

2 Al-Humazah104-8

ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ

3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must

be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means

pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without

ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case

of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the

waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )

Examples

1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666

ػ١ب لؼص إط

2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6

ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856

17

Exercise

Al-feel 105

حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي

و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ

ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

أوي فجؼ وؼصف

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Manifestation (Iz-haar)

ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification

Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation

clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter

a a Guttural Manifestation

18

It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)

These letters are

hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )

haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )

b Absolute Manifestation

The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation

and clarification

Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly

without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is

neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation

occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a

single word

This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan

qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the

rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words

Merging Assimilation Idghaam

Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it

means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled

(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds

a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang

b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang

Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are

six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)

19

ع ي

1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah

Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase

The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و

occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that

this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in

two cases

a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )

b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )

The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an

exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs

Al-Humazah104 2 9

بال غ ص اظ ج ػض

صح ض ف ػ ض

Al-Masad11114

تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب

ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب

Al-Qiyamah75 3

أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4

ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ

22

ئظ ج ٠ بضغح

20

36

ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37

٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40

ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١

2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah

Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and

the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that

this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the

noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing

assimilation because of the stop singe

Al-Ikhlaas1124

٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9

٠ ؼح ؼح ى

Al-Alaq967

آه استغنىر أن

Almulk6715

شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن

Az-Zariat5157

زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

16

2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with

the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)

literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a

non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter

1 Al-Qadr 97-4

عث غ ثئط أ و

2 Al-Humazah104-8

ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ

3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must

be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means

pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without

ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case

of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the

waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )

Examples

1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666

ػ١ب لؼص إط

2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6

ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856

17

Exercise

Al-feel 105

حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي

و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ

ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

أوي فجؼ وؼصف

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Manifestation (Iz-haar)

ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification

Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation

clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter

a a Guttural Manifestation

18

It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)

These letters are

hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )

haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )

b Absolute Manifestation

The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation

and clarification

Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly

without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is

neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation

occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a

single word

This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan

qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the

rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words

Merging Assimilation Idghaam

Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it

means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled

(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds

a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang

b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang

Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are

six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)

19

ع ي

1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah

Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase

The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و

occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that

this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in

two cases

a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )

b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )

The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an

exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs

Al-Humazah104 2 9

بال غ ص اظ ج ػض

صح ض ف ػ ض

Al-Masad11114

تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب

ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب

Al-Qiyamah75 3

أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4

ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ

22

ئظ ج ٠ بضغح

20

36

ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37

٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40

ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١

2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah

Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and

the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that

this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the

noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing

assimilation because of the stop singe

Al-Ikhlaas1124

٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9

٠ ؼح ؼح ى

Al-Alaq967

آه استغنىر أن

Almulk6715

شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن

Az-Zariat5157

زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

17

Exercise

Al-feel 105

حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي

و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ

ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١

١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح

أوي فجؼ وؼصف

Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules

5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Manifestation (Iz-haar)

ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification

Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation

clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter

a a Guttural Manifestation

18

It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)

These letters are

hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )

haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )

b Absolute Manifestation

The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation

and clarification

Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly

without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is

neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation

occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a

single word

This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan

qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the

rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words

Merging Assimilation Idghaam

Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it

means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled

(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds

a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang

b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang

Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are

six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)

19

ع ي

1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah

Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase

The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و

occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that

this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in

two cases

a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )

b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )

The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an

exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs

Al-Humazah104 2 9

بال غ ص اظ ج ػض

صح ض ف ػ ض

Al-Masad11114

تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب

ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب

Al-Qiyamah75 3

أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4

ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ

22

ئظ ج ٠ بضغح

20

36

ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37

٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40

ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١

2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah

Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and

the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that

this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the

noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing

assimilation because of the stop singe

Al-Ikhlaas1124

٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9

٠ ؼح ؼح ى

Al-Alaq967

آه استغنىر أن

Almulk6715

شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن

Az-Zariat5157

زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

18

It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)

These letters are

hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )

haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )

b Absolute Manifestation

The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation

and clarification

Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly

without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is

neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation

occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a

single word

This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan

qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the

rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words

Merging Assimilation Idghaam

Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it

means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled

(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds

a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang

b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang

Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are

six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)

19

ع ي

1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah

Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase

The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و

occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that

this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in

two cases

a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )

b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )

The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an

exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs

Al-Humazah104 2 9

بال غ ص اظ ج ػض

صح ض ف ػ ض

Al-Masad11114

تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب

ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب

Al-Qiyamah75 3

أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4

ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ

22

ئظ ج ٠ بضغح

20

36

ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37

٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40

ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١

2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah

Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and

the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that

this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the

noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing

assimilation because of the stop singe

Al-Ikhlaas1124

٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9

٠ ؼح ؼح ى

Al-Alaq967

آه استغنىر أن

Almulk6715

شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن

Az-Zariat5157

زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

19

ع ي

1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah

Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase

The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و

occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that

this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in

two cases

a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )

b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )

The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an

exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs

Al-Humazah104 2 9

بال غ ص اظ ج ػض

صح ض ف ػ ض

Al-Masad11114

تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب

ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب

Al-Qiyamah75 3

أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4

ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ

22

ئظ ج ٠ بضغح

20

36

ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37

٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40

ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١

2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah

Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and

the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that

this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the

noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing

assimilation because of the stop singe

Al-Ikhlaas1124

٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9

٠ ؼح ؼح ى

Al-Alaq967

آه استغنىر أن

Almulk6715

شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن

Az-Zariat5157

زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

20

36

ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37

٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40

ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١

2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah

Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and

the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that

this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the

noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing

assimilation because of the stop singe

Al-Ikhlaas1124

٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9

٠ ؼح ؼح ى

Al-Alaq967

آه استغنىر أن

Almulk6715

شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن

Az-Zariat5157

زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

21

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Concealment (Ikhfaa)

( السفبء )

Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )

literally means covering

Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between

manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)

while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]

It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the

two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more

than in others

Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the

initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry

صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما

ض ط ظ ش شص

د ر ز ت ث

ف ق ك ج

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

22

Examples

1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]

ب سك غ ش

لت غ ش غبؿك إطا

ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا

ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د

2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]

ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب

3 Sura Quraish [106 4]

ع ج اظ أطؼ

4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]

ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج

5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]

ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

23

6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]

في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا

7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]

2 ـ ال سك ػك ب

5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب

و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا

ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر

15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ

سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16

8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]

18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص

وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب

ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو

ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

24

ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز

8 Sura An-Naziat [79]

ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ

ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم

بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س

ب 37 غط فأ

43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١

زب إ عثه 44 ب

ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ

25

حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر

Turning (Iqlaab)

Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something

Technically it means replacing a letter with another while

maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)

It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or

nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal

twang]

Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )

Examples

1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]

ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا

2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]

ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث

3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]

هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ